WO2017188229A1 - Film for forming protective coating, composite sheet for forming protective coating, and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip - Google Patents

Film for forming protective coating, composite sheet for forming protective coating, and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017188229A1
WO2017188229A1 PCT/JP2017/016328 JP2017016328W WO2017188229A1 WO 2017188229 A1 WO2017188229 A1 WO 2017188229A1 JP 2017016328 W JP2017016328 W JP 2017016328W WO 2017188229 A1 WO2017188229 A1 WO 2017188229A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
protective film
forming
film
meth
sensitive adhesive
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/016328
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健太 古野
洋一 稲男
Original Assignee
リンテック株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by リンテック株式会社 filed Critical リンテック株式会社
Priority to JP2018514614A priority Critical patent/JP6854811B2/en
Priority to CN201780014930.4A priority patent/CN108713248B/en
Priority to KR1020187025082A priority patent/KR102303923B1/en
Publication of WO2017188229A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017188229A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D4/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, based on organic non-macromolecular compounds having at least one polymerisable carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bond ; Coating compositions, based on monomers of macromolecular compounds of groups C09D183/00 - C09D183/16
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/683Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/28Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
    • H01L23/29Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the material, e.g. carbon
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/28Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
    • H01L23/31Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite sheet, and a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip.
  • a semiconductor device using a mounting method called a so-called face-down method has been manufactured.
  • a semiconductor chip having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to a substrate. For this reason, the back surface opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor chip may be exposed.
  • a resin film containing an organic material is formed as a protective film on the exposed back surface of the semiconductor chip and may be taken into the semiconductor device as a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
  • the protective film is used to prevent cracks from occurring in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process or packaging.
  • a protective film-forming composite sheet comprising a protective film-forming film for forming a protective film on a support sheet is used.
  • the protective film forming film can form a protective film by curing, and the support sheet can be used as a dicing sheet, and the protective film forming film and the dicing sheet are integrated. It is possible that
  • thermosetting protective film forming film that forms a protective film by being cured by heating
  • heat curing of a thermosetting protective film-forming film usually takes a long time of about several hours, it is desired to shorten the curing time.
  • a protective film-forming film that can be cured by irradiation with energy rays such as ultraviolet rays has been studied.
  • an energy ray curable protective film (see Patent Document 1) formed on a release film, and an energy ray curable chip protective film that can form a protective film having high hardness and excellent adhesion to a semiconductor chip (Patent Document) 2).
  • a composite sheet for forming a protective film provided with such an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film for example, for forming a protective film on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (the surface opposite to the electrode forming surface)
  • the semiconductor wafer is divided into the protective film-forming film by dicing to form a semiconductor chip, and the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays to form a protective film. There is. Then, the semiconductor chip is picked up while being separated from the support sheet while the protective film is stuck.
  • the protective film forming film is cured after dicing, the protective film forming film divided together with the semiconductor wafer by dicing is exposed to the air until the divided surface is cured. Become. Then, this divided surface is also exposed to oxygen contained in the air, but the protective film-forming film exposed to such oxygen undergoes a curing reaction by oxygen even when irradiated with energy rays. Since it is inhibited, curing becomes insufficient. As a result, the semiconductor chip with the protective film cannot be picked up, the protection effect of the back surface of the semiconductor chip is reduced, and when the semiconductor chip with the protective film is stored, the semiconductor chip with the protective film is provided by a protective film at a location other than the intended location Will cause problems such as sticking.
  • the state of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip having a protective film forming film or a protective film may be inspected by an infrared camera or the like through the protective film forming film or the protective film. Therefore, a composite sheet for forming a protective film is desired to have good infrared transmittance. In general, if the infrared ray permeability of the protective film-forming film is good, the infrared ray permeability of the protective film is also good.
  • the energy beam curable protective film disclosed in Patent Document 1 and the energy beam curable chip protective film disclosed in Patent Document 2 are both poorly cured on the divided surfaces as described above. It is not intended to achieve both the suppression of the occurrence of defects associated with the above and having good infrared transparency.
  • the present invention is for forming a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip, can suppress the occurrence of problems associated with poor curing of the divided surface, and has energy ray curable protection with good infrared transparency. It aims at providing the film for film formation, and the composite sheet for protective film formation provided with the said film.
  • the present invention provides a protective film-forming film having energy ray curability and satisfying both of the following conditions (1) and (2).
  • (1) The transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of 1342 nm is 45% or more.
  • (2) The transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of 1250 nm is 35% or more.
  • this invention provides the composite sheet for protective film formation provided with the support sheet and providing the said film for protective film formation on the said support sheet.
  • the present invention also includes a step of attaching the protective film forming film in the protective film forming film or the protective film forming composite sheet to a semiconductor wafer, and the protective film forming film attached to the semiconductor wafer. Irradiating energy rays to the semiconductor wafer, forming a protective film on the semiconductor wafer, and passing through the protective film or the protective film forming film so as to focus on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer.
  • a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip comprising: dividing a wafer to obtain a plurality of semiconductor chips.
  • a protective film can be formed on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip, resulting in problems associated with poor curing of the dividing surface of the protective film-forming film. Can be suppressed.
  • the state of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip provided with the protective film forming film or the protective film can be satisfactorily inspected by an infrared camera or the like through the protective film forming film or the protective film.
  • the protective film-forming film of the present invention has energy ray curability and satisfies both the following conditions (1) and (2).
  • the transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of 1342 nm (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “transmittance (1342 nm)”) is 45% or more.
  • the transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of 1250 nm (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “transmittance (1250 nm)”) is 35% or more.
  • a protective film-forming composite sheet can be formed by providing the protective film-forming film on a support sheet.
  • the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays and becomes a protective film.
  • This protective film is for protecting the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip.
  • the protective film-forming film is soft and can be easily attached to an object to be attached. Since the protective film-forming film is energy ray curable, the protective film can be formed by curing in a shorter time than a thermosetting protective film-forming film.
  • protection film forming film means a film before curing
  • protective film means a film obtained by curing a protective film forming film.
  • Examples of the protective film-forming film include those containing an energy ray-curable component (a) and a colorant (g) described later.
  • the energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably tacky, and more preferably uncured and tacky.
  • “energy beam” means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having energy quanta, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays, radiation, and electron beams.
  • Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using, for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light, an LED lamp or the like as an ultraviolet ray source.
  • the electron beam can be emitted by an electron beam accelerator or the like.
  • “energy ray curable” means the property of being cured by irradiation with energy rays
  • “non-energy ray curable” means the property of not being cured even when irradiated with energy rays. .
  • the laser beam having a wavelength of 1342 nm under the condition (1) is suitable for irradiating a semiconductor wafer and forming a modified layer therein by a method described later.
  • permeability (1342 nm) of the film for protective film formation is high, the transmittance
  • the semiconductor wafer on which the modified layer is formed is divided at the portion where the modified layer is formed by applying a force to form a semiconductor chip.
  • the semiconductor wafer is usually divided together with the protective film stuck on the back surface thereof, and is not divided in the state of the protective film forming film, so that the divided surface of the protective film forming film may be exposed to the air.
  • the film for protective film formation of this invention can avoid generation
  • the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film-forming film is preferably 50% or more, and more preferably 55% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance (1342 nm) is not particularly limited, and may be 100%, for example.
  • the laser beam having a wavelength of 1250 nm in the condition (2) is suitable for inspecting the state of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip with an infrared camera or the like by a method described later.
  • permeability (1250 nm) of the film for protective film formation is high, the transmittance
  • the protective film-forming film of the present invention is suitable for inspecting the state of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip through the condition (2) or through the protective film.
  • the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film is preferably 40% or more, and more preferably 45% or more.
  • the transmittance (1250 nm) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the effects of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance (1250 nm) is not particularly limited, and may be 100%, for example.
  • the film for forming the protective film after curing that is, the protective film, has a transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of 1342 nm (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “protective film transmittance (1342 nm)”) of 45% or more. Preferably, it is 50% or more, more preferably 55% or more.
  • the protective film transmittance (1342 nm) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the effect of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably.
  • the upper limit value of the protective film transmittance (1342 nm) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 100%.
  • the transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of the protective film of 1250 nm (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “protective film transmittance (1250 nm)”) is preferably 35% or more, and preferably 40% or more. Is more preferable, and 45% or more is particularly preferable.
  • the upper limit value of the protective film transmittance (1250 nm) is not particularly limited, and may be 100%, for example.
  • the transmittance (1342 nm) and transmittance (1250 nm), and the protective film transmittance (1342 nm) and the protective film transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film are, for example, the types of components contained in the protective film-forming film and It can adjust suitably by adjusting quantity etc.
  • the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming film can be adjusted by the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming composition described below. And among the components of the protective film forming composition, for example, by adjusting the type and content of the colorant (g), the transmittance (1342 nm) and the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film forming film, In addition, the protective film transmittance (1342 nm) and the protective film transmittance (1250 nm) can be adjusted more easily.
  • the protective film-forming film may be only one layer (single layer), or may be two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination is not particularly limited. In the present specification, not only in the case of a protective film-forming film, “a plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other” means “all layers may be the same, or all layers may be the same. The layers may be different, and only some of the layers may be the same, and “a plurality of layers are different from each other” means “at least one of the constituent materials and thicknesses of each layer is mutually different. Means different.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 to 75 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or more than the lower limit value, a protective film having higher protective ability can be formed.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or less than the upper limit, an excessive thickness is suppressed.
  • the “thickness of the protective film-forming film” means the thickness of the entire protective film-forming film.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film composed of a plurality of layers means the protective film-forming film. Means the total thickness of all the layers that make up.
  • the curing conditions for forming the protective film by curing the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited as long as the protective film has a degree of curing that sufficiently exhibits its function, and the type of the protective film-forming film is not limited. Accordingly, it may be appropriately selected.
  • the illuminance of the energy rays when the protective film-forming film is cured is preferably 4 to 280 mW / cm 2 .
  • the amount of energy rays during the curing is preferably 3 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of a protective film-forming film of the present invention.
  • the drawings used in the following description may show the main portions in an enlarged manner for convenience, and the dimensional ratios of the respective components are the same as the actual ones. Not necessarily.
  • the protective film-forming film 13 shown here includes a first release film 151 on one surface 13a, and a second release film 152 on the other surface 13b opposite to the surface 13a.
  • a protective film-forming film 13 is suitable for storage as, for example, a roll.
  • the protective film-forming film 13 can be formed using a protective film-forming composition described later.
  • the protective film-forming film 13 satisfies both the conditions (1) and (2).
  • Both the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be known ones.
  • the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be the same as each other, for example, different from each other, for example, different peeling forces are required when peeling from the protective film-forming film 13. May be.
  • either one of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 is removed, and the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the resulting exposed surface. And the remaining other of the 1st peeling film 151 and the 2nd peeling film 152 is removed, and the produced exposed surface turns into a sticking surface of a support sheet.
  • the protective film-forming film can be formed using a protective film-forming composition containing the constituent materials.
  • the protective film-forming film can be formed at the target site by applying the protective film-forming composition to the surface on which the protective film-forming film is to be formed and drying it as necessary.
  • the content ratio of components that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the content ratio of the components of the film for forming a protective film.
  • “normal temperature” means a temperature that is not particularly cooled or heated, that is, a normal temperature, and examples thereof include a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C.
  • Coating of the composition for forming a protective film may be performed by a known method, for example, air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, Examples include a method using various coaters such as a screen coater, a Meyer bar coater, and a kiss coater.
  • the drying conditions of the protective film-forming composition are not particularly limited, but when the protective film-forming composition contains a solvent to be described later, it is preferable to dry by heating.
  • the composition for forming a protective film containing a solvent is preferably dried at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes, for example.
  • composition for forming protective film (IV-1) examples include a protective film forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray curable component (a).
  • the energy ray-curable component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiation with energy rays, and is also a component for imparting film-forming property, flexibility, and the like to the protective film-forming film.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and a weight average molecular weight of 80000 to 2000000, and an energy ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80000.
  • a compound (a2) is mentioned.
  • the polymer (a1) may be at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f) described later, or may not be crosslinked.
  • the weight average molecular weight means a polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
  • Polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 examples include an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group of another compound, An acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by polymerizing a group that reacts with a functional group and an energy ray curable compound (a12) having an energy ray curable group such as an energy ray curable double bond. .
  • Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a substituted amino group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom). Group), an epoxy group, and the like.
  • the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of a circuit such as a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
  • the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.
  • the acrylic polymer (a11) having the functional group examples include those obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer having no functional group. In addition to monomers, monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers) may be copolymerized.
  • the acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
  • acrylic monomer having a functional group examples include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, a substituted amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic non-methacrylates such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol Saturated alcohol (unsaturated alcohol which does not have a (meth) acryloyl skeleton) etc. are mentioned.
  • Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citracone Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. It is done.
  • monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid
  • fumaric acid, itaconic acid maleic acid, citracone
  • Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dica
  • the acrylic monomer having a functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
  • the acrylic monomer having the functional group that constitutes the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
  • acrylic monomer having no functional group examples include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate n.
  • acrylic monomer having no functional group examples include alkoxy such as methoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, and ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the acrylic monomer which does not have the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
  • non-acrylic monomer examples include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
  • the said non-acrylic monomer which comprises the said acrylic polymer (a11) may be only 1 type, may be 2 or more types, and when it is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
  • the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer is 0.1 to 50 mass. %, More preferably 1 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass.
  • the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the energy ray-curable compound (a12) The content of the linear curable group can be easily adjusted within a preferable range of the degree of curing of the protective film.
  • the acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
  • the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is preferably 1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 2 to 30% by mass. A content of ⁇ 20% by weight is particularly preferred.
  • the energy ray curable compound (a12) is one or two selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group and a carboxy group as a group capable of reacting with the functional group of the acrylic polymer (a11). Those having the above are preferred, and those having an isocyanate group as the group are more preferred. For example, when the energy beam curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.
  • the energy ray curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5 energy ray curable groups in one molecule, and more preferably 1 to 3 energy ray curable groups.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable compound (a12) include 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, meta-isopropenyl- ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryloyl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1- (bisacryloyloxymethyl).
  • Ethyl isocyanate An acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reacting a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound with hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate; Examples thereof include an acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by a reaction of a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, a polyol compound, and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the energy beam curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
  • the energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
  • the content of the energy beam curable group derived from the energy beam curable compound (a12) with respect to the content of the functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11). is preferably 20 to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 to 100 mol%, and particularly preferably 50 to 100 mol%. When the ratio of the content is within such a range, the adhesive force of the protective film formed by curing is further increased.
  • the upper limit of the content ratio is 100 mol%
  • the energy ray curable compound (a12) is a polyfunctional compound (having two or more of the groups in one molecule)
  • the upper limit of the content ratio may exceed 100 mol%.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (a1) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 300,000 to 1500,000.
  • the polymer (a1) is described as constituting the acrylic polymer (a11).
  • a monomer that does not correspond to any of the above-described monomers and has a group that reacts with the crosslinking agent (f) is polymerized to be crosslinked at a group that reacts with the crosslinking agent (f).
  • a group that is derived from the energy ray-curable compound (a12) and reacts with the functional group may be cross-linked.
  • the polymer (a1) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Compound (a2) having an energy ray curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 Examples of the energy ray-curable group in the compound (a2) having an energy ray-curable group and having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 include a group containing an energy ray-curable double bond. ) An acryloyl group, a vinyl group, etc. are mentioned.
  • the compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above conditions, but has a low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group, an epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group, and an energy ray curable group.
  • a phenol resin etc. are mentioned.
  • examples of the low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and an acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
  • examples of the acrylate compound include 2-hydroxy-3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, and 2,2-bis [4 -((Meth) acryloxypolyethoxy) phenyl] propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxydiethoxy) phenyl] propane, 9,9-bis [4- (2- (meth) acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl] propane,
  • the epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group and the phenol resin having an energy ray curable group are described in, for example, paragraph 0043 of “JP 2013-194102 A”. Things can be used.
  • Such a resin corresponds to a resin constituting the thermosetting component (h) described later, but is treated as the compound (a2) in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the compound (a2) is preferably 100 to 30000, and more preferably 300 to 10000.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the compound (a2) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and combinations of two or more kinds.
  • the ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group When the protective film forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film forming film contain the compound (a2) as the energy ray curable component (a), the polymer further does not have an energy ray curable group. It is also preferable to contain (b).
  • the polymer (b) may be at least partially crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f) or may not be crosslinked.
  • polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group examples include acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber resins, acrylic urethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), butyral resins, and polyester urethanes. Examples thereof include resins.
  • the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “acrylic polymer (b-1)”).
  • the acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a known one, for example, a homopolymer of one acrylic monomer or a copolymer of two or more acrylic monomers. Alternatively, it may be a copolymer of one or two or more acrylic monomers and a monomer (non-acrylic monomer) other than one or two or more acrylic monomers.
  • acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) examples include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton, glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester, Examples include hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters and substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters.
  • substituted amino group is as described above.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and n- (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as isobornyl (meth) acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate; (Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid benzyl; (Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester; Examples include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyloxyethyl ester.
  • Examples of the glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic ester include glycidyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and 3-hydroxy (meth) acrylate. Examples include propyl, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • Examples of the substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) examples include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
  • the reactive functional group in the polymer (b) is a crosslinking agent (f ).
  • the reactive functional group may be appropriately selected according to the type of the crosslinking agent (f) and the like, and is not particularly limited.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) is a polyisocyanate compound
  • examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an amino group. Among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group. Is preferred.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) is an epoxy compound
  • examples of the reactive functional group include a carboxy group, an amino group, an amide group, etc. Among them, a carboxy group having high reactivity with an epoxy group. Groups are preferred.
  • the reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
  • Examples of the polymer (b) having the reactive functional group and not having the energy ray-curable group include those obtained by polymerizing at least the monomer having the reactive functional group.
  • Examples of the polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group include those obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester. Examples thereof include those obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with the reactive functional group in a non-acrylic monomer or a non-acrylic monomer.
  • the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the monomer having the reactive functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer (b) is 1 to 25.
  • the mass is preferably 2, and more preferably 2 to 20 mass%. When the ratio is within such a range, the degree of cross-linking becomes a more preferable range in the polymer (b).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group is 10,000 to 2,000,000 from the viewpoint that the film-forming property of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) becomes better. It is preferably 100000 to 1500,000.
  • the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of more than species, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Examples of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) include those containing one or both of the polymer (a1) and the compound (a2).
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the compound (a2), it preferably contains a polymer (b) that does not have an energy ray-curable group. It is also preferable to contain (a1). Further, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) does not contain the compound (a2) and contains both the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. It may be.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the polymer (a1), the compound (a2) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group
  • the protective film-forming composition In (IV-1) the content of the compound (a2) is 10 to 10 parts per 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.
  • the amount is preferably 400 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 350 parts by mass.
  • the total content of the energy beam curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group with respect to the total content of components other than the solvent is 5 to 90% by mass. It is preferably 10 to 80% by mass, more preferably 15 to 70% by mass, and for example, it may be any one of 15 to 60% by mass and 15 to 50% by mass. When the ratio of the total content is within such a range, the energy ray curability of the protective film-forming film becomes better.
  • the protective film forming composition (IV-1) contains the energy beam curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group
  • the protective film forming composition (IV-1) ) And the protective film-forming film the content of the polymer (b) is preferably 3 to 160 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable component (a). More preferably, it is ⁇ 130 parts by mass.
  • the content of the polymer (b) is in such a range, the energy ray curability of the protective film-forming film becomes better.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) comprises a photopolymerization initiator (c) depending on the purpose.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray-curable component (a) and the thermosetting component (h) the protective film-forming film formed is heated.
  • Adhesive strength to the adherend is improved, and the strength of the protective film formed from this protective film-forming film is also improved. Further, by using the colorant (g) as a component of the protective film forming composition (IV-1), the transmittance (1342 nm) is adjusted so as to satisfy the condition (1), and the condition It becomes easy to adjust the transmittance (1250 nm) so as to satisfy (2).
  • Photopolymerization initiator (c) examples include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin methyl benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2 Acetophenone compounds such as -hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenyl Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as phosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; sulfides such as benzylphenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide Compound; ⁇ -ketol compound such as 1-hydroxy
  • the photopolymerization initiator (c) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator (c) is 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable compound (a).
  • the amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the protective film-forming film contains the filler (d)
  • the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient.
  • the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation improves more by optimizing this thermal expansion coefficient with respect to the formation object of a protective film.
  • the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can be reduced or heat dissipation can be improved because the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d).
  • the filler (d) include those made of a heat conductive material.
  • the filler (d) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
  • Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders of silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, bengara, silicon carbide, boron nitride, and the like; beads formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; surface modification of these inorganic fillers Products; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers and the like.
  • the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.
  • the average particle size of the filler (d) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 15 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 10 ⁇ m. .
  • average particle size means the value of the particle size (D 50 ) at an integrated value of 50% in the particle size distribution curve obtained by the laser diffraction scattering method, unless otherwise specified. .
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the filler (d) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and combinations of two or more types.
  • the ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the ratio of the content of the filler (d) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, for forming the protective film) is preferably 5 to 83% by mass, more preferably 7 to 78% by mass, such as 10 to 78% by mass, 20 to 78% by mass, It may be any of 30 to 78 mass%, 40 to 78 mass%, and 50 to 78 mass%.
  • the content of the filler (d) is in such a range, the adjustment of the thermal expansion coefficient becomes easier.
  • Coupleling agent (e) By using a coupling agent (e) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the adherend can be improved. Further, by using the coupling agent (e), the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film has improved water resistance without impairing the heat resistance.
  • the coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group of the energy beam curable component (a), the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group, and the like. More preferably, it is a silane coupling agent.
  • silane coupling agent examples include 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-amino Ethylamino) propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (phenylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropi Examples include trimethoxysilane, 3-
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the coupling agent (e) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the coupling agent (e) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film includes the energy ray curable component (a) and the energy. It is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (b) having no linear curable group, The amount is particularly preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the content of the coupling agent (e) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the dispersibility of the filler (d) in the resin is improved and the adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the adherend is improved. The effect by using a coupling agent (e) etc. is acquired more notably. Moreover, generation
  • Crosslinking agent (f) By using the crosslinking agent (f) to crosslink the above-mentioned energy ray-curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the initial adhesive force and aggregation of the protective film-forming film. You can adjust the power.
  • crosslinking agent (f) examples include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridinyl group), and the like. Is mentioned.
  • organic polyvalent isocyanate compound examples include an aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and an alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds are collectively referred to as “aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the like”).
  • a trimer such as the aromatic polyisocyanate compound, isocyanurate and adduct; a terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by reacting the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the polyol compound. Etc.
  • the “adduct body” includes the aromatic polyisocyanate compound, the aliphatic polyisocyanate compound or the alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, and a low amount such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil. It means a reaction product with a molecularly active hydrogen-containing compound. Examples of the adduct include a xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described later.
  • the “terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer” means a prepolymer having a urethane bond and an isocyanate group at the end of the molecule.
  • organic polyvalent isocyanate compound for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate; 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4 Dimethylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; trimethylol Any one of tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate is added to all or some hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as propane. Or two or more compounds are added; lysine diisocyanate.
  • a polyol such as propane.
  • organic polyvalent imine compound examples include N, N′-diphenylmethane-4,4′-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri- ⁇ -aziridinylpropionate, and tetramethylolmethane.
  • -Tri- ⁇ -aziridinylpropionate, N, N′-toluene-2,4-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide) triethylenemelamine and the like.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (f), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the energy ray curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) has an isocyanate group, and the energy ray-curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking agent (f) and the energy ray-curable property.
  • a cross-linked structure can be easily introduced into the protective film-forming film by reaction with the component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, or a combination of two or more types.
  • the ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent (f) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is such that the energy ray-curable component (a) and the energy ray-curable group having no energy ray-curable group are contained.
  • the total content of the combined (b) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight, and 0.5 to 5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight. It is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the cross-linking agent (f) is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, the effect of using the cross-linking agent (f) is more remarkably obtained.
  • the excessive use of a crosslinking agent (f) is suppressed because the said content of a crosslinking agent (f) is below the said upper limit.
  • Colorant (g) examples include known pigments such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.
  • organic pigments and organic dyes examples include aminium dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, croconium dyes, squalium dyes, azurenium dyes, polymethine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, pyrylium dyes, and phthalocyanines.
  • the inorganic pigment examples include carbon black, cobalt dye, iron dye, chromium dye, titanium dye, vanadium dye, zirconium dye, molybdenum dye, ruthenium dye, platinum dye, ITO ( Indium tin oxide) dyes, ATO (antimony tin oxide) dyes, and the like.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the colorant (g) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and combinations of two or more kinds.
  • the ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film-forming film is adjusted so as to satisfy the condition (1), and the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film is adjusted so as to satisfy the condition (2).
  • the colorant (g) is an organic pigment or an organic dye from the viewpoint that each becomes easier.
  • the content of the colorant (g) in the protective film-forming film is appropriately adjusted so that the protective film-forming film satisfies both the conditions (1) and (2).
  • the ratio of the content of the colorant (g) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the colorant (g) of the protective film forming film) Is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.4 to 7.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.8 to 5% by mass.
  • thermosetting component (h) The thermosetting component (h) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and if two or more kinds, These combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • thermosetting component (h) examples include epoxy thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, and silicone resins, and epoxy thermosetting resins are preferable.
  • the epoxy thermosetting resin includes an epoxy resin (h1) and a thermosetting agent (h2).
  • the epoxy thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Epoxy resin (h1) examples include known ones such as polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, orthocresol novolac epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins, Biphenyl type epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenylene skeleton type epoxy resins, and the like, and bifunctional or higher functional epoxy compounds are listed.
  • an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be used as the epoxy resin (h1).
  • An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is more compatible with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
  • Examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds obtained by converting a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin into a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group. Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple
  • the unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include ethenyl group (vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (allyl group), (meth) acryloyl group, (meth) An acrylamide group etc. are mentioned, An acryloyl group is preferable.
  • the number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 30000 from the viewpoint of curability of the protective film-forming film and strength and heat resistance of the protective film, and is preferably 400 to 10,000. More preferably, it is more preferably 500 to 3000.
  • the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably 100 to 1000 g / eq, and more preferably 150 to 800 g / eq.
  • epoxy resin (h1) one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • thermosetting agent (h2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (h1).
  • a thermosetting agent (h2) the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example.
  • the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, a group in which an acid group has been anhydrideized, and the like, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group, or an acid group has been anhydrideized. It is preferably a group, more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.
  • thermosetting agents (h2) examples of the phenol-based curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenol resins, biphenols, novolac-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenol resins, and aralkyl phenol resins.
  • examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amino group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “DICY”).
  • the thermosetting agent (h2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
  • the thermosetting agent (h2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group for example, a compound in which a part of the hydroxyl group of the phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic ring of the phenol resin, Examples thereof include compounds in which a group having a saturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded.
  • the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (h2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group described above.
  • thermosetting agent (h2) In the case where a phenolic curing agent is used as the thermosetting agent (h2), it is preferable that the thermosetting agent (h2) has a high softening point or glass transition temperature from the viewpoint of improving the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet. .
  • thermosetting agent (h2) for example, the number average molecular weight of the resin component such as polyfunctional phenolic resin, novolac-type phenolic resin, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resin, aralkylphenolic resin, etc. is preferably 300 to 30000, It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3000.
  • the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
  • thermosetting agent (h2) may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
  • the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) is 100% of the epoxy resin (h1).
  • the amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to parts by mass.
  • thermosetting component (h) when used, the content of the thermosetting component (h) (for example, the epoxy resin (h1) and the heat in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film)
  • the total content of the curing agent (h2) is preferably 1 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group.
  • the general-purpose additive (z) may be a known one, and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferred examples include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, and a gettering agent. Is mentioned.
  • the general-purpose additive (z) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two or more kinds, and when there are two or more kinds, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the general-purpose additive (z) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film is not particularly limited and is appropriately selected according to the purpose. do it.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited, but preferred examples include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butanol. Esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amides (compounds having an amide bond) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • the solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is methyl ethyl ketone, toluene, ethyl acetate, or the like from the viewpoint that the components contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) can be mixed more uniformly. It is preferable.
  • the composition for forming a protective film such as the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) can be obtained by blending each component for constituting the composition.
  • the order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
  • a solvent it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
  • the method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
  • the temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention Similar to the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention to be described later, it is affixed to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip opposite to the circuit surface, and is a composite having an adhesive layer on the support sheet. As the sheet, there is a dicing die bonding sheet. However, the adhesive layer provided in the dicing die bonding sheet functions as an adhesive when the semiconductor chip is picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor chip and then attached to the substrate, the lead frame, or another semiconductor chip.
  • the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention is the same as the adhesive layer in that it is picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor chip, but eventually becomes a protective film by curing, It has a function of protecting the back surface of the semiconductor chip that is affixed.
  • the protective film-forming film in the present invention has a different use from the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet, and naturally the required performance is also different. And reflecting the difference of this use, the film for protective film formation has the tendency of being harder compared with the adhesive bond layer in a dicing die bonding sheet normally. It is usually difficult to divert the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet as it is as the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet.
  • the protective film-forming film of the present invention is obtained by coating a protective film-forming composition on a release film (preferably its release-treated surface) and drying it as necessary. Can be manufactured.
  • the film for protective film formation is normally stored in the state by which the peeling film was bonded together on both surfaces, for example.
  • a release film (preferably its release-treated surface) is further formed on the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film formed on the release film as described above (the surface opposite to the side provided with the release film). Can be pasted together.
  • the protective film-forming film of the present invention can constitute a protective film-forming composite sheet by providing it on a support sheet as described above.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet is used by being attached to the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer by the protective film-forming film. Thereafter, in the same manner as the protective film forming composite sheet described later, the protective film is formed by curing the protective film forming film, dicing, picking up the semiconductor chip with the protective film, etc. What is necessary is just to manufacture.
  • the protective film-forming film of the present invention may be provided first on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer instead of the support sheet. That is, the protective film-forming film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer. Next, the protective film-forming film is irradiated with energy rays, and the protective film-forming film is cured to form a protective film. Next, a protective film is formed in a state in which the protective film-forming film becomes a protective film by attaching a support sheet to the exposed surface of this protective film (the surface opposite to the side attached to the semiconductor wafer) Composite sheet. Thereafter, in the same manner as described above, dicing, picking up a semiconductor chip with a protective film, and the like may be performed to manufacture a target semiconductor device.
  • the protective film-forming film is cured to form a protective film and then this protective film is bonded to the support sheet has been described, but when the protective film-forming film of the present invention is used, these steps are performed.
  • the order of performing may be reversed. That is, after affixing the protective film-forming film to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, the support sheet is adhered to the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film (the side opposite to the side that is affixed to the semiconductor wafer).
  • the protective film-forming film is an uncured protective film-forming composite sheet.
  • the protective film-forming film is irradiated with energy rays, and the protective film-forming film is cured to form a protective film. Thereafter, in the same manner as described above, dicing, picking up a semiconductor chip with a protective film, and the like may be performed to manufacture a target semiconductor device.
  • the composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention includes a support sheet, and the protective film-forming film is provided on the support sheet.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is provided with a function as a dicing sheet in advance.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet is provided with the protective film-forming film, so that it is possible to suppress the occurrence of defects due to insufficient curing on the dividing surface of the protective film-forming film, Infrared inspection of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip through the protective film forming film or through the protective film is facilitated.
  • the thickness of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip that is the target of use of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 1000 ⁇ m because the effects of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably. 100 to 300 ⁇ m is more preferable.
  • the structure of the composite sheet for protective film formation is demonstrated in detail.
  • the support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers.
  • these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • Preferred support sheets include, for example, those in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is directly contacted and laminated on the substrate, those in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate via an intermediate layer, and only the substrate. And the like. Examples of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings for each kind of the support sheet.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
  • the same components as those shown in the already explained figures are given the same reference numerals as those in the already explained figures, and their detailed explanations are omitted.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> A shown here includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on a substrate 11, and a protective film-forming film 13 on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • the support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> A has a protective film-forming film 13 laminated on one surface 10 a of the support sheet 10. Have a configuration.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> A further includes a release film 15 on the protective film-forming film 13.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the base material 11, and the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface of the one surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • a jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on a part of one surface 13 a of the film forming film 13, that is, in a region near the peripheral edge, and the jig adhesive among the surfaces 13 a of the protective film forming film 13.
  • a release film 15 is laminated on the surface where the layer 16 is not laminated and on the surface 16 a (upper surface and side surface) of the jig adhesive layer 16.
  • the protective film-forming film 13 satisfies both the conditions (1) and (2).
  • the adhesive layer 16 for jigs may have, for example, a single-layer structure containing an adhesive component, or a plurality of layers in which layers containing an adhesive component are laminated on both surfaces of a core sheet. It may be of a structure.
  • the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 has a back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) attached to the front surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed.
  • the upper surface of the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
  • the composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 except that the adhesive sheet 16 for jig is not provided. That is, in the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1B, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the base material 11, and the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. A release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface 13 a of the film forming film 13.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 3 has a semiconductor wafer (not shown) in a partial region on the center side of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed.
  • the back surface is affixed, and the region near the peripheral edge is affixed to a jig such as a ring frame and used.
  • FIG. 4 is a sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> C shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> A shown in FIG. 2, except that the adhesive layer 12 is not provided. That is, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> C, the support sheet 10 is made of only the base material 11. Then, the protective film forming film 13 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11 (one surface 10a of the support sheet 10), and a part of the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, that is, in the vicinity of the peripheral portion.
  • the jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated in the region, and among the surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13, the region where the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated and the surface 16 a of the jig adhesive layer 16.
  • a release film 15 is laminated on the upper surface and the side surface.
  • the protective film-forming film 13 satisfies both of the conditions (1) and (2).
  • the protective film forming composite sheet 1C is formed on the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed.
  • the back surface of (not shown) is attached, and the upper surface of the surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1D shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1C shown in FIG. 4 except that it does not include the jig adhesive layer 16. That is, in the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1D, the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13. Yes.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1D shown in FIG. 5 is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 3, with the release film 15 being removed, of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13,
  • the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is affixed to a partial area on the center side, and the area near the peripheral edge is affixed to a jig such as a ring frame for use.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 3 except that the shape of the protective film-forming film is different. That is, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> E includes the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 23 on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • the support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and in other words, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E is formed by laminating the protective film-forming film 23 on one surface 10a of the support sheet 10. Have a configuration.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> E further includes a release film 15 on the protective film-forming film 23.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and a part of the surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, that is, a protective film-forming film is formed in the central region. 23 are stacked. And the peeling film 15 is laminated
  • the protective film-forming film 23 When the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E is viewed from above and viewed in plan, the protective film-forming film 23 has a smaller surface area than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and has a circular shape or the like, for example.
  • the protective film-forming film 23 satisfies both the conditions (1) and (2).
  • the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is pasted on the front surface 23a of the protective film-forming film 23 with the release film 15 removed.
  • stacked among the surface 12a of 12 is stuck and used for jig
  • the surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is formed in the region where the protective film-forming film 23 is not laminated in the same manner as that shown in FIGS.
  • An adhesive layer for jigs may be laminated (not shown).
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E provided with such a jig adhesive layer has a jig frame whose surface has a ring frame or the like, similar to the protective film-forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. Affixed to the jig and used.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention may have any form of the support sheet and the protective film-forming film, or may be provided with an adhesive layer for jigs. However, usually, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 4, the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention having a jig adhesive layer is provided with a jig adhesive layer on the protective film-forming film. Are preferred.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not limited to the one shown in FIGS. 2 to 6, and a part of the structure shown in FIGS. 2 to 6 is changed or deleted within a range not impairing the effect of the present invention.
  • another configuration may be added to what has been described so far.
  • an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 13. Any intermediate layer can be selected according to the purpose.
  • an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. That is, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the support sheet may be formed by laminating a base material, an intermediate layer, and an adhesive layer in this order.
  • the intermediate layer is the same as the intermediate layer that may be provided in the protective film-forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS.
  • a layer other than the intermediate layer may be provided at an arbitrary position.
  • a gap may be partially formed between the release film and the layer that is in direct contact with the release film.
  • the size and shape of each layer can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.
  • a layer such as an adhesive layer that is in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet is preferably non-energy ray curable.
  • the support sheet may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose. Among them, in the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the support sheet is preferably capable of transmitting energy rays.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
  • the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film is further improved.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is not particularly limited.
  • the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
  • the light transmittance is within such a range, when the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet and printed on these, printing can be performed more clearly.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is not particularly limited.
  • the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited.
  • the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
  • the base material is in the form of a sheet or film, and examples of the constituent material include various resins.
  • the resin include polyethylenes such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE); other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin.
  • Polyolefins such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, ethylene-norbornene copolymer (ethylene as a monomer)
  • a copolymer obtained by using a vinyl chloride resin such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymer (a resin obtained by using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene Naphtha Polyesters such as polyesters, polybutylene terephthalates, polyethylene isophthalates, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylates, wholly aromatic polyesters in which all the structural units have an aromatic cyclic group; Poly (meth) acrylic acid ester; Polyurethane; Polyurethane acrylate; Polyimide; Polyamide; Polycarbonate; Fluororesin
  • the polymer alloy of the polyester and the other resin is preferably one in which the amount of the resin other than the polyester is relatively small.
  • the resin include a crosslinked resin in which one or more of the resins exemplified so far are crosslinked; modification of an ionomer or the like using one or more of the resins exemplified so far. Resins can also be mentioned.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is a concept including both “acrylic acid” and “methacrylic acid”. The same applies to terms similar to (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the resin constituting the substrate may be only one kind, or two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When the substrate is composed of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other.
  • the combination of layers is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the substrate is preferably 50 to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 60 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the substrate means the thickness of the entire substrate.
  • the thickness of the substrate composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate. means.
  • the base material is preferably one having high thickness accuracy, that is, one in which variation in thickness is suppressed regardless of the part.
  • materials that can be used to construct such a substrate with high thickness accuracy include polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, and the like. Is mentioned.
  • the base material contains various known additives such as a filler, a colorant, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, an organic lubricant, a catalyst, and a softener (plasticizer) in addition to the main constituent material such as the resin. May be.
  • the substrate may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
  • the film for protective film formation has energy-beam sclerosis
  • the substrate is subjected to a roughening treatment such as sandblast treatment, solvent treatment, corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment.
  • the surface may be subjected to oxidation treatment such as ozone / ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment.
  • the base material may have a surface subjected to primer treatment.
  • the base material prevents the base material from adhering to other sheets or the base material from adhering to the adsorption table when the antistatic coating layer and the protective film-forming composite sheet are stored in an overlapping manner. It may have a layer or the like.
  • the substrate preferably has a surface subjected to electron beam irradiation treatment from the viewpoint that generation of fragments of the substrate due to blade friction during dicing is suppressed.
  • the base material can be manufactured by a known method.
  • a base material containing a resin can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the resin.
  • the said adhesive layer is a sheet form or a film form, and contains an adhesive.
  • the adhesive include adhesive resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, ester resins, and acrylic resins are preferable. .
  • the “adhesive resin” is a concept including both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin.
  • the resin itself has an adhesive property
  • resins that exhibit tackiness when used in combination with other components such as additives, and resins that exhibit adhesiveness due to the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer), may be composed of two or more layers, and when composed of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other.
  • the combination of the multiple layers is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 60 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 1 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the “thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer” means the thickness of the whole pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers is the total of all layers constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Means the thickness.
  • the optical properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer only need to satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose. In the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably capable of transmitting energy rays.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • an adhesive layer can be formed in the target site
  • a more specific method for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer will be described later in detail, along with methods for forming other layers.
  • the ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • “normal temperature” is as described above.
  • the adhesive composition may be applied by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater. And a method using various coaters such as a Meyer bar coater and a kiss coater.
  • drying conditions of an adhesive composition are not specifically limited, When the adhesive composition contains the solvent mentioned later, it is preferable to heat-dry.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the solvent is preferably dried, for example, at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive that is, the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, for example, non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive
  • Energy-ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the linear-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) hereinafter referred to as “adhesive resin (I-2a)”
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
  • the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
  • the acrylic resin the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
  • the acrylic resin may have only one type of structural unit, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include those in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is linear or branched. Is preferred. More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, (meth) acrylic acid isooctyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-
  • the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which the alkyl group has 4 or more carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 4 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having 4 or more carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably an acrylic acid alkyl ester.
  • the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the functional group-containing monomer for example, the functional group reacts with a cross-linking agent described later to become a starting point of cross-linking, or the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in the unsaturated group-containing compound described later. And those that allow introduction of an unsaturated group into the side chain of the acrylic polymer.
  • Examples of the functional group in the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and an epoxy group. That is, examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic non-methacrylates such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol Saturated alcohol (unsaturated alcohol which does not have a (meth) acryloyl skeleton) etc. are mentioned.
  • Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citracone Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. It is done.
  • monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid
  • fumaric acid, itaconic acid maleic acid, citracone
  • Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dica
  • the functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
  • the functional group-containing monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 2 to 32% by mass with respect to the total amount of the structural unit. It is particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass.
  • the acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer.
  • the other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester or the like.
  • Examples of the other monomer include styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide and the like.
  • the other monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the functional group in the acrylic polymer is reacted with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group (energy ray-polymerizable group). It can be used as the resin (I-2a).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays.
  • examples of the monomer include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and 1,4.
  • Polybutyl (meth) acrylates such as butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; epoxy ( And (meth) acrylate.
  • examples of the oligomer include an oligomer formed by polymerizing the monomers exemplified above.
  • the energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer from the viewpoint that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is hardly lowered.
  • the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
  • the content of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass, more preferably 5 to 90% by mass, and 10 to 85% by mass. % Is particularly preferred.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
  • the cross-linking agent reacts with the functional group to cross-link the adhesive resins (I-1a).
  • a crosslinking agent for example, tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, isocyanate-based cross-linking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (cross-linking agents having an isocyanate group); epoxy-based cross-linking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether ( Cross-linking agent having a glycidyl group); Aziridine-based cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent having an aziridinyl group) such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] triphosphatriazine; Metal chelate-based cross-linking agent such as aluminum chelate (metal) Cross-linking agent having a chelate structure); isocyanurate-based cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent (
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with a curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy Acetophenone compounds such as -2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; Sulfidation of benzylphenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide, etc.
  • benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethy
  • ⁇ -ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; Benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone; 2-chloroanthraquinone and the like.
  • a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone
  • a photosensitizer such as amine
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable compound.
  • the amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • the other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, and tackifiers.
  • known additives such as reaction retarders and crosslinking accelerators (catalysts).
  • the reaction retarding agent means, for example, an undesired crosslinking reaction in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) during storage by the action of the catalyst mixed in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It suppresses progress.
  • the reaction retarder include those that form a chelate complex by chelation against a catalyst, and more specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (—C ( ⁇ O) —) in one molecule. Can be mentioned.
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent. Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, the suitability for coating on the surface to be coated is improved.
  • the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
  • organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters such as ethyl acetate (carboxylic acid esters); ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; cyclohexane and n-hexane and the like.
  • ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and
  • the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be used as it is in the adhesive composition (I-1) without being removed from the adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the same or different type of solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be added separately during the production of the adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is an energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). (I-2a) is contained.
  • the adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
  • the unsaturated group-containing compound can be bonded to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
  • a compound having a group examples include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (ethenyl group), allyl group (2-propenyl group) and the like, and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the group capable of binding to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxyl group and an amino group that can be bonded to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
  • Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyl isocyanate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
  • an adhesive composition ( I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.
  • Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same crosslinking agents as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing the photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with the curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). 0.03 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 5 parts by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Examples of the other additive in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays. Examples thereof include the same energy ray curable compounds contained in the product (I-1).
  • the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
  • the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 0.01 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a). It is preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to about 100 parts by mass of the total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray curable compound.
  • the amount is preferably 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions in addition to the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • Non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions include, for example, acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, ester resin, etc.
  • An adhesive composition (I-4) containing an adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferable, and an adhesive composition containing an acrylic resin is preferred.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contains one or more kinds of crosslinking agents, and the content thereof is the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. It can be the same as in the case of (I-1).
  • Adhesive resin (I-1a) examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same as the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
  • Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same crosslinking agents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately adjusted.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably non-energy ray curable. This is because when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is energy ray curable, it is sometimes impossible to suppress the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from being simultaneously cured when the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays. If the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is cured at the same time as the protective film-forming film, the cured protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may stick to the interface so as not to be peeled off.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) It is obtained by blending each component for constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive and components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive, if necessary.
  • the order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
  • a solvent it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance.
  • the method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
  • the temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention can be produced by sequentially laminating the above-mentioned layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship.
  • the method for forming each layer is as described above.
  • the above-described pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied on the substrate and dried as necessary.
  • the protective film-forming composition is applied on the adhesive layer, It is possible to form the forming film directly.
  • Layers other than the protective film-forming film can also be laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the same manner using the composition for forming this layer.
  • the composition is further applied onto the layer formed from the composition to newly form a layer. Can be formed.
  • the layer laminated after these two layers is formed in advance using the composition on another release film, and the side of the formed layer that is in contact with the release film is It is preferable to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure by bonding the opposite exposed surface to the exposed surfaces of the remaining layers already formed.
  • the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film.
  • the release film may be removed as necessary after forming the laminated structure.
  • a protective film-forming composite sheet in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a base material and a protective film-forming film is laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (the support sheet is a laminate of the base material and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer)
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is coated on a base material and dried as necessary, whereby a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the base material
  • the protective film-forming composition is coated on the release film, and dried as necessary to form the protective film-forming film on the release film.
  • the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film is bonded to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, and the protective film-forming film is laminated on the adhesive layer, thereby forming a protective film.
  • a composite sheet is obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is applied on the release film.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed on the release film by drying as necessary, and the exposed surface of this layer is bonded to one surface of the base material so that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is placed on the base material. You may laminate. In any method, the release film may be removed at an arbitrary timing after the target laminated structure is formed.
  • a layer that employs such a process may be appropriately selected to produce a protective sheet-forming composite sheet.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film is usually stored in a state in which a release film is bonded to the surface of the outermost layer (for example, a film for forming a protective film) opposite to the support sheet. Therefore, a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer, such as a protective film-forming composition, is applied on this release film (preferably its release-treated surface) and dried as necessary. Then, a layer constituting the outermost layer is formed on the release film, and the remaining layers are laminated on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the release film by any of the methods described above. And the composite sheet for protective film formation is obtained also by leaving it in the state bonded together, without removing a peeling film.
  • a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer such as a protective film-forming composition
  • the protective film-forming film and the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention can be used for manufacturing semiconductor chips.
  • a manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip at this time for example, a process of attaching the protective film forming film or the protective film forming film in the protective film forming composite sheet to a semiconductor wafer (hereinafter referred to as “applying process”) And a process of forming a protective film on the semiconductor wafer by irradiating the film for forming the protective film affixed to the semiconductor wafer with energy rays (hereinafter abbreviated as “protective film forming process”).
  • a step of forming a modified layer therein (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “modified layer forming step”), and applying the force to the semiconductor wafer on which the modified layer has been formed; Wherein at the site of dividing the semiconductor wafer to obtain a plurality of semiconductor chips (hereinafter, sometimes abbreviated as "split step”), those having a.
  • 7A to 7E are cross-sectional views for schematically explaining one embodiment of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip when a protective film-forming film is used alone.
  • 8A to 8D are cross-sectional views for schematically explaining one embodiment of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip when a protective film-forming film is used in advance integrated with a support sheet.
  • a protective film forming film 13 is attached to the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) 9b of the semiconductor wafer 9.
  • the case where the 1st peeling film 151 was removed from the film 13 for protective film formation, and the one surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation was bonded together to the back surface 9b of the semiconductor wafer 9 is shown.
  • the protective film forming film 13 attached to the semiconductor wafer 9 is irradiated with energy rays in the protective film forming step to form a protective film 13 ′ on the semiconductor wafer 9 as shown in FIG. 7B. .
  • the irradiation with energy rays may be performed after the second release film 152 is removed from the protective film-forming film 13.
  • the laser beam in the infrared region is irradiated through the protective film 13 ′ so as to be focused on the focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 9.
  • the modified layer 91 is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9. Irradiation with infrared laser light is performed after the second release film 152 is removed from the protective film 13 '.
  • the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film 13 ′ is high, so that the modified layer 91 can be stably and sufficiently formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9.
  • the protective film forming step may be performed after the modified layer forming step (not shown).
  • the second release film 152 is removed from the protective film forming film 13, and infrared laser light is irradiated through the protective film forming film 13. To do.
  • the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film forming film 13 is high, the modified layer 91 can be stably and sufficiently formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9.
  • the protective film 13 ′ on the side opposite to the (one) surface 13a ′ on which the semiconductor wafer 9 is stuck ( The support sheet 10 is affixed to the other surface 13b ′.
  • the support sheet 10 is shown in FIG. 3 and the like, and is attached to the protective film 13 ′ by the adhesive layer 12.
  • the dividing step a force is applied to the semiconductor wafer 9 on which the modified layer 91 is formed, so that the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided at a site of the modified layer 91 as shown in FIG. Get 9 '.
  • the protective film 13 ′ is also divided (cut) at a position along the peripheral edge of the semiconductor chip 9 ′.
  • the protective film 13 ′ after the cutting is denoted by reference numeral 130 ′.
  • the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film to which a force (tensile force) is applied in this direction by expanding the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film 13 ′ in the direction indicated by the arrow I in FIG. 7D. 13 ' is divided.
  • the protective film-forming film is cured to form a protective film, and the protective film is divided. Therefore, the divided surface of the protective film-forming film is not exposed to the air (oxygen), and the protective film Occurrence of problems associated with poor curing of the dividing surface of the forming film can be avoided.
  • the protective film forming film 13 attached to the semiconductor wafer 9 is irradiated with energy rays to form a protective film 13 ′ on the semiconductor wafer 9 as shown in FIG. 8B. .
  • the infrared region is passed through the protective film 13 ′ (the protective film forming composite sheet 1A) so as to be focused on the focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 9.
  • the modified layer 91 is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9, as shown in FIG. 8C.
  • the transmittance (1342 nm) between the protective film 13 ′ and the support sheet 10 is high, so that the modified layer 91 can be stably and sufficiently formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9.
  • the protective film forming step may be performed after the modified layer forming step (not shown).
  • the modified layer 91 is formed in the semiconductor wafer 9
  • the laser beam in the infrared region is irradiated through the protective film forming composite sheet 1A in which the protective film forming film 13 is uncured.
  • the transmittance (1342 nm) between the protective film-forming film 13 and the support sheet 10 is high, the modified layer 91 can be stably and sufficiently formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9.
  • the dividing step a force is applied to the semiconductor wafer 9 on which the modified layer 91 is formed, so that the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided at the site of the modified layer 91 as shown in FIG. 'Get.
  • the protective film 13 ′ is also divided (cut) at a position along the peripheral edge of the semiconductor chip 9 ′.
  • the protective film 13 ′ after the cutting is denoted by reference numeral 130 ′.
  • the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film to which a force (tensile force) is applied in this direction by expanding the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film 13 ′ in the direction indicated by the arrow I in FIG. 8C. 13 ' is divided.
  • the protective film-forming film is cured to form a protective film, and this protective film is divided, so that the divided surface of the protective film-forming film is not exposed to the air (oxygen), Occurrence of problems associated with poor curing of the dividing surface of the forming film can be avoided.
  • the semiconductor chip 9 ′ is left in a state where the divided protective film 130 ′ is adhered (that is, a semiconductor with a protective film). As a chip), the pickup is pulled away from the support sheet 10 (not shown). Thereafter, the semiconductor chip 9 ′ of the obtained semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate in the same manner as the conventional method, and then a semiconductor package is obtained. Then, a target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package (not shown).
  • Energy ray curable component (a2) -1 Tricyclodecane dimethylol diacrylate (“KAYARAD R-684”, bifunctional ultraviolet curable compound, molecular weight 304, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • BA butyl acrylate
  • MA methyl acrylate
  • GMA glycidyl methacrylate
  • HOA 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate
  • Photopolymerization initiator (c) -1 2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone (“Irgacure (registered trademark) 369” manufactured by BASF)
  • C) -2 Ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) (Irgacure (registered by BASF)) Trademark) OXE02 ")
  • (Production of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4)) Contains an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, solid content) and a trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent (“Takenate D110N” manufactured by Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (10.7 parts by mass, solid content), and further as a solvent
  • a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) containing methyl ethyl ketone and having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared.
  • the acrylic polymer is obtained by copolymerizing 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “2EHA”) (36 parts by mass), BA (59 parts by mass), and HEA (5 parts by mass).
  • the weight average molecular weight is 600,000.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 ⁇ m) obtained by releasing one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment. ) And dried by heating at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes to form a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m. Subsequently, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was provided on one surface of the base material by bonding a polyvinyl chloride film (Young's modulus 280 MPa, thickness 80 ⁇ m) as a base material to the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. A support sheet (10) -1 was obtained.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV) obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 ⁇ m) from which one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film was released by silicone treatment. -1) was applied with a knife coater and dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to produce an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film (13) -1 having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m.
  • SP-PET 381031 manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 ⁇ m
  • the release film is removed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the support sheet (10) -1 obtained above, and the protective film-forming film (13) -1 obtained above is exposed on the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the surfaces were bonded together to prepare a composite sheet for forming a protective film, in which a base material, an adhesive layer, a protective film-forming film (13) -1 and a release film were laminated in this order in the thickness direction.
  • Table 2 shows the structure of the obtained protective sheet-forming composite sheet.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet obtained above is attached to the # 2000 polished surface of an 8-inch silicon wafer (thickness 300 ⁇ m) with the protective film-forming film (13) -1 and this sheet is further attached to the ring frame. Fixed and allowed to stand for 30 minutes.
  • a protective film-forming film (13) is formed from the support sheet (10) -1 side under the conditions of an illuminance of 195 mW / cm 2 and a light amount of 170 mJ / cm 2 using an ultraviolet irradiation device (“RAD2000m / 8” manufactured by Lintec Corporation). ) -1 was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to cure the protective film-forming film (13) -1 to obtain a protective film.
  • a protective film-forming composite sheet having the protective film-forming film (13) -1 as a protective film is affixed, and the silicon wafer fixed to the ring frame is interposed through the protective film-forming composite sheet.
  • the silicon wafer and the ring frame were placed on a laser saw (“DFL 7361” manufactured by Disco Corporation) while adjusting the position so that the laser beam could be irradiated.
  • a modified layer was formed inside the silicon wafer by irradiating a laser beam having a wavelength of 1342 nm through the protective film-forming composite sheet so as to focus on the focal point set inside the silicon wafer. .
  • the silicon wafer, the protective film forming composite sheet, and the ring frame are placed on a die separator (Disco 2300 “DDS2300”).
  • DDS2300 die separator
  • the silicon wafer was divided together with the protective film to obtain a silicon chip having a size of 3 mm ⁇ 3 mm.
  • the divided state of the silicon wafer is visually observed, and when the silicon wafer is completely divided together with the protective film at the target location, the division property is determined as “A”, and at least a part of the target location is silicon.
  • the division property was determined as “B”. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • Table 2 shows the amounts of compounding ingredients at the time of production of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1). Instead of the protective film-forming film (13) -1, the energy ray-curable composition having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m is used. A protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the protective film-forming film (13) -2 was produced. evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet obtained above is attached to the # 2000 polished surface of an 8-inch silicon wafer (thickness 300 ⁇ m) with the protective film-forming film (13) -1 and this sheet is further attached to the ring frame. Fixed and allowed to stand for 30 minutes. Next, the silicon wafer was diced and divided together with the protective film-forming film (13) -1 using a blade dicer (“DFD651” manufactured by Disco Corporation) to obtain a silicon chip having a size of 3 mm ⁇ 3 mm.
  • a blade dicer (“DFD651” manufactured by Disco Corporation
  • the support sheet (10) -1 was used under the conditions of illuminance of 195 mW / cm 2 and light amount of 170 mJ / cm 2 using an ultraviolet irradiation device (“RAD2000m / 8” manufactured by Lintec Corporation).
  • the protective film forming film (13) -1 after being divided from the side was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to cure the protective film forming film (13) -1 to obtain a protective film.
  • the infrared inspection property of the obtained silicon chip was evaluated by the same method as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • the protective film was prepared in the same manner as in Reference Example 1 except that instead of the protective film-forming film (13) -1, an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film (13) -2 having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m was produced. A film for forming and a composite sheet for forming a protective film were produced, and the film for forming a protective film and the protective film were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • Table 2 shows the amounts of compounding ingredients at the time of production of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1). Instead of the protective film-forming film (13) -1, the energy ray-curable composition having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m is used. A protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the protective film-forming film (93) -1 was produced. evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • Table 2 shows the amounts of compounding ingredients at the time of production of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1). Instead of the protective film-forming film (13) -1, the energy ray-curable composition having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m is used. A protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the protective film-forming film (93) -2 was produced. evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film-forming film is 60%, and the silicon wafer can be divided well by forming a modified layer on the silicon wafer. did it. Further, the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film was 50%, and the infrared inspection property of the silicon chip was also good. The peak of wave number 1410 cm ⁇ 1 was not recognized on the divided surface of the protective film, and the protective film was sufficiently cured.
  • Comparative Example 1 since the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film-forming film was low, the modified layer could not be sufficiently formed on the silicon wafer, and as a result, many silicon wafers that could not be divided remained. As described above, in this comparative example, the silicon wafer was not sufficiently divided, and thus the infrared testability of the silicon chip was not evaluated. However, the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film was low. It was thought that the infrared inspection property of the silicon chip was also poor.
  • Comparative Example 3 since the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film-forming film is lower than that of Comparative Example 1, the modified layer cannot be sufficiently formed on the silicon wafer. Many more remained than in the case of Comparative Example 1.
  • the infrared testability of the silicon chip was not evaluated.
  • the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film was remarkably low. It was considered very bad.
  • the present invention can be used for manufacturing semiconductor devices.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)
  • Laser Beam Processing (AREA)
  • Container, Conveyance, Adherence, Positioning, Of Wafer (AREA)

Abstract

This film for forming a protective coating satisfies both condition (1): the transmittance therethrough of laser light having a 1342-nm wavelength is 45% or more, and condition (2): the transmittance therethrough of laser light having a 1250-nm wavelength is 35% or more. This composite sheet for forming a protective coating comprises: a support sheet; and said film for forming a protective coating provided on the support sheet.

Description

保護膜形成用フィルム、保護膜形成用複合シート、及び半導体チップの製造方法Protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, and semiconductor chip manufacturing method
 本発明は、保護膜形成用フィルム、保護膜形成用複合シート、及び半導体チップの製造方法に関する。
 本願は、2016年4月28日に、日本に出願された特願2016-092016号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。
The present invention relates to a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite sheet, and a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip.
This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-092016 filed in Japan on April 28, 2016, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 近年、いわゆるフェースダウン(face down)方式と呼ばれる実装法を適用した半導体装置の製造が行われている。フェースダウン方式においては、回路面上にバンプ等の電極を有する半導体チップが用いられ、前記電極が基板と接合される。このため、半導体チップの回路面とは反対側の裏面は剥き出しとなることがある。 In recent years, a semiconductor device using a mounting method called a so-called face-down method has been manufactured. In the face-down method, a semiconductor chip having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to a substrate. For this reason, the back surface opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor chip may be exposed.
 この剥き出しとなった半導体チップの裏面には、保護膜として、有機材料を含有する樹脂膜が形成され、保護膜付き半導体チップとして半導体装置に取り込まれることがある。保護膜は、ダイシング工程やパッケージングの後に、半導体チップにおいてクラックが発生するのを防止するために利用される。 A resin film containing an organic material is formed as a protective film on the exposed back surface of the semiconductor chip and may be taken into the semiconductor device as a semiconductor chip with a protective film. The protective film is used to prevent cracks from occurring in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process or packaging.
 このような保護膜を形成するためには、例えば、支持シート上に保護膜を形成するための保護膜形成用フィルムを備えてなる保護膜形成用複合シートが使用される。保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、保護膜形成用フィルムが硬化によって保護膜を形成可能であり、さらに支持シートをダイシングシートとして利用可能であって、保護膜形成用フィルムとダイシングシートとが一体化されたものとすることが可能である。 In order to form such a protective film, for example, a protective film-forming composite sheet comprising a protective film-forming film for forming a protective film on a support sheet is used. In the protective film forming composite sheet, the protective film forming film can form a protective film by curing, and the support sheet can be used as a dicing sheet, and the protective film forming film and the dicing sheet are integrated. It is possible that
 このような保護膜形成用複合シートとしては、例えば、加熱により硬化することで保護膜を形成する熱硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムを備えたものが、これまでに主に利用されてきた。しかし、熱硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムの加熱硬化には、通常数時間程度と長時間を要するため、硬化時間の短縮が望まれている。これに対して、紫外線等のエネルギー線の照射により硬化可能な保護膜形成用フィルムを保護膜の形成に用いることが検討されている。例えば、剥離フィルム上に形成されたエネルギー線硬化型保護膜(特許文献1参照)、高硬度でかつ半導体チップに対する密着性に優れた保護膜を形成できるエネルギー線硬化型チップ保護用フィルム(特許文献2参照)が開示されている。 As such a composite sheet for forming a protective film, for example, a sheet provided with a thermosetting protective film forming film that forms a protective film by being cured by heating has been mainly used so far. However, since heat curing of a thermosetting protective film-forming film usually takes a long time of about several hours, it is desired to shorten the curing time. On the other hand, use of a protective film-forming film that can be cured by irradiation with energy rays such as ultraviolet rays has been studied. For example, an energy ray curable protective film (see Patent Document 1) formed on a release film, and an energy ray curable chip protective film that can form a protective film having high hardness and excellent adhesion to a semiconductor chip (Patent Document) 2).
 このようなエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムを備えた保護膜形成用複合シートを用いる場合には、例えば、半導体ウエハの裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)に保護膜形成用フィルムによって保護膜形成用複合シートを貼付した後、ダイシングによって半導体ウエハを保護膜形成用フィルムごと分割して半導体チップとし、エネルギー線の照射によって保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜とすることがある。そして、半導体チップをこの保護膜が貼付された状態のまま、支持シートから引き離してピックアップする。 When using a composite sheet for forming a protective film provided with such an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film, for example, for forming a protective film on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (the surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) After affixing the protective film-forming composite sheet with the film, the semiconductor wafer is divided into the protective film-forming film by dicing to form a semiconductor chip, and the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays to form a protective film. There is. Then, the semiconductor chip is picked up while being separated from the support sheet while the protective film is stuck.
 しかし、保護膜形成用フィルムを、ダイシングしてから硬化させる場合には、ダイシングによって半導体ウエハとともに分割された保護膜形成用フィルムは、その分割面が硬化までの間、空気中に晒されることになる。すると、この分割面は空気中に含まれる酸素にも晒されることになるが、このような酸素に晒されている保護膜形成用フィルムは、エネルギー線を照射しても、酸素によって硬化反応が阻害されるため、硬化が不十分となる。その結果、保護膜付き半導体チップをピックアップできない、半導体チップの裏面の保護効果が低下する、保護膜付き半導体チップを収納する際に、収納場所の目的外の箇所に保護膜によって保護膜付き半導体チップが付着してしまう、等の不具合が発生してしまう。 However, when the protective film forming film is cured after dicing, the protective film forming film divided together with the semiconductor wafer by dicing is exposed to the air until the divided surface is cured. Become. Then, this divided surface is also exposed to oxygen contained in the air, but the protective film-forming film exposed to such oxygen undergoes a curing reaction by oxygen even when irradiated with energy rays. Since it is inhibited, curing becomes insufficient. As a result, the semiconductor chip with the protective film cannot be picked up, the protection effect of the back surface of the semiconductor chip is reduced, and when the semiconductor chip with the protective film is stored, the semiconductor chip with the protective film is provided by a protective film at a location other than the intended location Will cause problems such as sticking.
 また、半導体装置の製造過程では、保護膜形成用フィルム若しくは保護膜を備えた半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの状態を、保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜を介して赤外線カメラ等によって検査することがある。そこで、保護膜形成用複合シートとしては、赤外線の透過性が良好なものが望まれている。なお、通常は、保護膜形成用フィルムの赤外線の透過性が良好であれば、保護膜の赤外線の透過性も良好である。 In the manufacturing process of a semiconductor device, the state of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip having a protective film forming film or a protective film may be inspected by an infrared camera or the like through the protective film forming film or the protective film. Therefore, a composite sheet for forming a protective film is desired to have good infrared transmittance. In general, if the infrared ray permeability of the protective film-forming film is good, the infrared ray permeability of the protective film is also good.
 これに対して、特許文献1で開示されているエネルギー線硬化型保護膜、特許文献2で開示されているエネルギー線硬化型チップ保護用フィルムは、いずれも、上記のような分割面の硬化不良に伴う不具合の発生の抑制と、良好な赤外線透過性を有すること、の両立を目的としたものではない。 On the other hand, the energy beam curable protective film disclosed in Patent Document 1 and the energy beam curable chip protective film disclosed in Patent Document 2 are both poorly cured on the divided surfaces as described above. It is not intended to achieve both the suppression of the occurrence of defects associated with the above and having good infrared transparency.
特許第5144433号公報Japanese Patent No. 5144433 特開2010-031183号公報JP 2010-031183 A
 本発明は、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの裏面に保護膜を形成するためのものであり、分割面の硬化不良に伴う不具合の発生を抑制でき、良好な赤外線透過性を有するエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム、及び前記フィルムを備えた保護膜形成用複合シートを提供することを目的とする。 The present invention is for forming a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip, can suppress the occurrence of problems associated with poor curing of the divided surface, and has energy ray curable protection with good infrared transparency. It aims at providing the film for film formation, and the composite sheet for protective film formation provided with the said film.
 上記課題を解決するため、本発明は、エネルギー線硬化性を有し、下記条件(1)及び(2)をともに満たす、保護膜形成用フィルムを提供する。
 (1)波長が1342nmであるレーザー光の透過率が45%以上である。
 (2)波長が1250nmであるレーザー光の透過率が35%以上である。
In order to solve the above problems, the present invention provides a protective film-forming film having energy ray curability and satisfying both of the following conditions (1) and (2).
(1) The transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of 1342 nm is 45% or more.
(2) The transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of 1250 nm is 35% or more.
 また、本発明は、支持シートを備え、前記保護膜形成用フィルムを前記支持シート上に備えてなる、保護膜形成用複合シートを提供する。
 また、本発明は、前記保護膜形成用フィルム、又は前記保護膜形成用複合シート中の保護膜形成用フィルムを、半導体ウエハに貼付する工程と、前記半導体ウエハに貼付した前記保護膜形成用フィルムにエネルギー線を照射して、前記半導体ウエハに保護膜を形成する工程と、前記半導体ウエハの内部に設定された焦点に集束するように、前記保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムを介して、赤外域のレーザー光を照射して、前記半導体ウエハの内部に改質層を形成する工程と、前記改質層を形成した前記半導体ウエハに力を加えることにより、前記改質層の部位において前記半導体ウエハを分割し、複数個の半導体チップを得る工程と、を有する、半導体チップの製造方法を提供する。
Moreover, this invention provides the composite sheet for protective film formation provided with the support sheet and providing the said film for protective film formation on the said support sheet.
The present invention also includes a step of attaching the protective film forming film in the protective film forming film or the protective film forming composite sheet to a semiconductor wafer, and the protective film forming film attached to the semiconductor wafer. Irradiating energy rays to the semiconductor wafer, forming a protective film on the semiconductor wafer, and passing through the protective film or the protective film forming film so as to focus on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer. Irradiating a laser beam in the outer region to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer, and applying force to the semiconductor wafer on which the modified layer has been formed, so that the semiconductor is formed at the modified layer. A method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip, comprising: dividing a wafer to obtain a plurality of semiconductor chips.
 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートを用いることで、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの裏面に保護膜を形成でき、保護膜形成用フィルムの分割面の硬化不良に伴う不具合の発生を抑制できる。また、半導体装置の製造過程では、保護膜形成用フィルム若しくは保護膜を備えた半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの状態を、保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜を介して赤外線カメラ等によって、良好に検査できる。 By using the protective film-forming film and the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention, a protective film can be formed on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip, resulting in problems associated with poor curing of the dividing surface of the protective film-forming film. Can be suppressed. In the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device, the state of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip provided with the protective film forming film or the protective film can be satisfactorily inspected by an infrared camera or the like through the protective film forming film or the protective film.
本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムの一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically one Embodiment of the film for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically one Embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムを単独で用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を、模式的に説明するための断面図である。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating typically one Embodiment of the manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip when using the film for protective film formation of this invention independently. 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムを単独で用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を、模式的に説明するための断面図である。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating typically one Embodiment of the manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip when using the film for protective film formation of this invention independently. 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムを単独で用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を、模式的に説明するための断面図である。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating typically one Embodiment of the manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip when using the film for protective film formation of this invention independently. 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムを単独で用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を、模式的に説明するための断面図である。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating typically one Embodiment of the manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip when using the film for protective film formation of this invention independently. 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムを単独で用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を、模式的に説明するための断面図である。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating typically one Embodiment of the manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip when using the film for protective film formation of this invention independently. 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムを予め支持シートと一体化させて用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を、模式的に説明するための断面図である。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating typically one Embodiment of the manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip in the case of integrating and using the film for protective film formation of this invention previously with a support sheet. 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムを予め支持シートと一体化させて用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を、模式的に説明するための断面図である。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating typically one Embodiment of the manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip in the case of integrating and using the film for protective film formation of this invention previously with a support sheet. 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムを予め支持シートと一体化させて用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を、模式的に説明するための断面図である。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating typically one Embodiment of the manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip in the case of integrating and using the film for protective film formation of this invention previously with a support sheet. 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムを予め支持シートと一体化させて用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を、模式的に説明するための断面図である。It is sectional drawing for demonstrating typically one Embodiment of the manufacturing method of a semiconductor chip in the case of integrating and using the film for protective film formation of this invention previously with a support sheet.
◇保護膜形成用フィルム
 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、エネルギー線硬化性を有し、下記条件(1)及び(2)をともに満たす。
 (1)波長が1342nmであるレーザー光の透過率(以下、「透過率(1342nm)」と略記することがある)が45%以上である。
 (2)波長が1250nmであるレーザー光の透過率(以下、「透過率(1250nm)」と略記することがある)が35%以上である。
 後述するように、前記保護膜形成用フィルムを支持シートに設けることで、保護膜形成用複合シートを構成できる。
◇ Protective film-forming film The protective film-forming film of the present invention has energy ray curability and satisfies both the following conditions (1) and (2).
(1) The transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of 1342 nm (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “transmittance (1342 nm)”) is 45% or more.
(2) The transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of 1250 nm (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “transmittance (1250 nm)”) is 35% or more.
As will be described later, a protective film-forming composite sheet can be formed by providing the protective film-forming film on a support sheet.
 前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、エネルギー線の照射によって硬化し、保護膜となる。この保護膜は、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)を保護するためのものである。保護膜形成用フィルムは、軟質であり、貼付対象物に容易に貼付できる。
 前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、エネルギー線硬化性であることにより、熱硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムよりも、短時間での硬化によって保護膜を形成できる。
The protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays and becomes a protective film. This protective film is for protecting the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip. The protective film-forming film is soft and can be easily attached to an object to be attached.
Since the protective film-forming film is energy ray curable, the protective film can be formed by curing in a shorter time than a thermosetting protective film-forming film.
 なお、本明細書において、「保護膜形成用フィルム」とは硬化前のものを意味し、「保護膜」とは、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させたものを意味する。 In this specification, “protective film forming film” means a film before curing, and “protective film” means a film obtained by curing a protective film forming film.
 前記保護膜形成用フィルムとしては、例えば、後述するエネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及び着色剤(g)を含有するものが挙げられる。
 エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)は、未硬化であることが好ましく、粘着性を有することが好ましく、未硬化でかつ粘着性を有することがより好ましい。
Examples of the protective film-forming film include those containing an energy ray-curable component (a) and a colorant (g) described later.
The energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably tacky, and more preferably uncured and tacky.
 本発明において、「エネルギー線」とは、電磁波又は荷電粒子線の中でエネルギー量子を有するものを意味し、その例として、紫外線、放射線、電子線等が挙げられる。
 紫外線は、例えば、紫外線源として高圧水銀ランプ、ヒュージョンHランプ、キセノンランプ、ブラックライト又はLEDランプ等を用いることで照射できる。電子線は、電子線加速器等によって発生させたものを照射できる。
 本発明において、「エネルギー線硬化性」とは、エネルギー線を照射することにより硬化する性質を意味し、「非エネルギー線硬化性」とは、エネルギー線を照射しても硬化しない性質を意味する。
In the present invention, “energy beam” means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having energy quanta, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays, radiation, and electron beams.
Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using, for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light, an LED lamp or the like as an ultraviolet ray source. The electron beam can be emitted by an electron beam accelerator or the like.
In the present invention, “energy ray curable” means the property of being cured by irradiation with energy rays, and “non-energy ray curable” means the property of not being cured even when irradiated with energy rays. .
 条件(1)における、波長が1342nmであるレーザー光は、後述する方法により、半導体ウエハに照射してその内部に改質層を形成するのに好適なものである。そして、保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1342nm)が高い場合、このフィルムが硬化してなる保護膜も同様に、透過率(1342nm)が高いものとなる。したがって、条件(1)を満たす保護膜形成用フィルムは、これを介して又は保護膜を介して、波長が1342nmであるレーザー光を半導体ウエハに照射し、改質層を形成するのに好適である。 The laser beam having a wavelength of 1342 nm under the condition (1) is suitable for irradiating a semiconductor wafer and forming a modified layer therein by a method described later. And when the transmittance | permeability (1342 nm) of the film for protective film formation is high, the transmittance | permeability (1342 nm) of the protective film formed by hardening | curing this film is also high. Therefore, the protective film-forming film satisfying the condition (1) is suitable for forming a modified layer by irradiating the semiconductor wafer with laser light having a wavelength of 1342 nm through or through the protective film. is there.
 一方、改質層が形成された半導体ウエハは、力が加えられることによって、この改質層の形成部位において分割され、半導体チップとなる。このとき、半導体ウエハは、通常、その裏面に貼付されている保護膜とともに分割され、保護膜形成用フィルムの状態では分割されないため、保護膜形成用フィルムの分割面が空気中に晒されることがなく、酸素に晒されることがない。したがって、エネルギー線の照射時に酸素による硬化反応の阻害を受けないため、保護膜形成用フィルム全体が十分に硬化する。その結果、例えば、保護膜付き半導体チップをピックアップできない、半導体チップの裏面の保護効果が低下する、保護膜付き半導体チップを収納する際に、収納場所の目的外の箇所に保護膜によって保護膜付き半導体チップが付着してしまう、等の不具合の発生を回避できる。
 このように、本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、条件(1)を満たすことで、その分割面における硬化が不十分となることに起因する不具合の発生を回避できる。
On the other hand, the semiconductor wafer on which the modified layer is formed is divided at the portion where the modified layer is formed by applying a force to form a semiconductor chip. At this time, the semiconductor wafer is usually divided together with the protective film stuck on the back surface thereof, and is not divided in the state of the protective film forming film, so that the divided surface of the protective film forming film may be exposed to the air. There is no exposure to oxygen. Therefore, since the curing reaction due to oxygen is not inhibited during irradiation with energy rays, the entire protective film-forming film is sufficiently cured. As a result, for example, a semiconductor chip with a protective film cannot be picked up, and the protective effect of the back surface of the semiconductor chip is reduced. It is possible to avoid the occurrence of problems such as the semiconductor chip adhering.
Thus, the film for protective film formation of this invention can avoid generation | occurrence | production of the malfunction resulting from the hardening in the division | segmentation surface becoming inadequate by satisfy | filling conditions (1).
 前記保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1342nm)は、50%以上であることが好ましく、55%以上であることがより好ましい。透過率(1342nm)が前記下限値以上であることで、本発明の効果がより顕著に得られる。
 透過率(1342nm)の上限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、100%であってもよい。
The transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film-forming film is preferably 50% or more, and more preferably 55% or more. When the transmittance (1342 nm) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the effect of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably.
The upper limit value of the transmittance (1342 nm) is not particularly limited, and may be 100%, for example.
 一方、条件(2)における、波長が1250nmであるレーザー光は、後述する方法により、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの状態を赤外線カメラ等によって検査するのに好適なものである。そして、保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1250nm)が高い場合、このフィルムが硬化してなる保護膜も同様に、透過率(1250nm)が高いものとなる。
 このように、本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、条件(2)を満たすことで、これを介して又は保護膜を介して、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの状態を検査するのに好適である。
On the other hand, the laser beam having a wavelength of 1250 nm in the condition (2) is suitable for inspecting the state of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip with an infrared camera or the like by a method described later. And when the transmittance | permeability (1250 nm) of the film for protective film formation is high, the transmittance | permeability (1250 nm) is similarly high also in the protective film formed by hardening | curing this film.
As described above, the protective film-forming film of the present invention is suitable for inspecting the state of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip through the condition (2) or through the protective film.
 前記保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1250nm)は、40%以上であることが好ましく、45%以上であることがより好ましい。透過率(1250nm)が前記下限値以上であることで、本発明の効果がより顕著に得られる。
 透過率(1250nm)の上限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、100%であってもよい。
The transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film is preferably 40% or more, and more preferably 45% or more. When the transmittance (1250 nm) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the effects of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably.
The upper limit value of the transmittance (1250 nm) is not particularly limited, and may be 100%, for example.
 硬化後の前記保護膜形成用フィルム、すなわち保護膜の、波長が1342nmであるレーザー光の透過率(以下、「保護膜透過率(1342nm)」と略記することがある)は、45%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、55%以上であることが特に好ましい。保護膜透過率(1342nm)が前記下限値以上であることで、本発明の効果がより顕著に得られる。
 保護膜透過率(1342nm)の上限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、100%であってもよい。
The film for forming the protective film after curing, that is, the protective film, has a transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of 1342 nm (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “protective film transmittance (1342 nm)”) of 45% or more. Preferably, it is 50% or more, more preferably 55% or more. When the protective film transmittance (1342 nm) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the effect of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably.
The upper limit value of the protective film transmittance (1342 nm) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 100%.
 前記保護膜の波長が1250nmであるレーザー光の透過率(以下、「保護膜透過率(1250nm)」と略記することがある)は、35%以上であることが好ましく、40%以上であることがより好ましく、45%以上であることが特に好ましい。保護膜透過率(1250nm)が前記下限値以上であることで、本発明の効果がより顕著に得られる。
 保護膜透過率(1250nm)の上限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、100%であってもよい。
The transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of the protective film of 1250 nm (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “protective film transmittance (1250 nm)”) is preferably 35% or more, and preferably 40% or more. Is more preferable, and 45% or more is particularly preferable. When the protective film transmittance (1250 nm) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the effect of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably.
The upper limit value of the protective film transmittance (1250 nm) is not particularly limited, and may be 100%, for example.
 以下、本明細書において、単なる「透過率(1342nm)」、「透過率(1250nm)」との記載は、それぞれ、保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率を意味するものとする。 Hereinafter, in the present specification, the simple descriptions of “transmittance (1342 nm)” and “transmittance (1250 nm)” mean the transmittance of the protective film-forming film, respectively.
 前記保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1342nm)及び透過率(1250nm)、並びに保護膜透過率(1342nm)及び保護膜透過率(1250nm)は、例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの含有成分の種類及び量等を調節することで、適宜調節できる。 The transmittance (1342 nm) and transmittance (1250 nm), and the protective film transmittance (1342 nm) and the protective film transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film are, for example, the types of components contained in the protective film-forming film and It can adjust suitably by adjusting quantity etc.
 例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの含有成分の種類及び量は、後述する保護膜形成用組成物の含有成分の種類及び量により調節できる。そして、保護膜形成用組成物の含有成分のうち、例えば、着色剤(g)の種類及び含有量を調節することで、保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1342nm)及び透過率(1250nm)、並びに保護膜透過率(1342nm)及び保護膜透過率(1250nm)をより容易に調節できる。 For example, the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming film can be adjusted by the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming composition described below. And among the components of the protective film forming composition, for example, by adjusting the type and content of the colorant (g), the transmittance (1342 nm) and the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film forming film, In addition, the protective film transmittance (1342 nm) and the protective film transmittance (1250 nm) can be adjusted more easily.
 保護膜形成用フィルムは1層(単層)のみでもよいし、2層以上の複数層でもよく、複数層である場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。
 なお、本明細書においては、保護膜形成用フィルムの場合に限らず、「複数層が互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい」とは、「すべての層が同一であってもよいし、すべての層が異なっていてもよく、一部の層のみが同一であってもよい」ことを意味し、さらに「複数層が互いに異なる」とは、「各層の構成材料及び厚さの少なくとも一方が互いに異なる」ことを意味する。
The protective film-forming film may be only one layer (single layer), or may be two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination is not particularly limited.
In the present specification, not only in the case of a protective film-forming film, “a plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other” means “all layers may be the same, or all layers may be the same. The layers may be different, and only some of the layers may be the same, and “a plurality of layers are different from each other” means “at least one of the constituent materials and thicknesses of each layer is mutually different. Means different.
 保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さは、1~100μmであることが好ましく、5~75μmであることがより好ましく、5~50μmであることが特に好ましい。保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さが前記下限値以上であることで、保護能がより高い保護膜を形成できる。また、保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さが前記上限値以下であることで、過剰な厚さとなることが抑制される。
 ここで、「保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さ」とは、保護膜形成用フィルム全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さとは、保護膜形成用フィルムを構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。
The thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 5 to 75 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 μm. When the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or more than the lower limit value, a protective film having higher protective ability can be formed. Moreover, when the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or less than the upper limit, an excessive thickness is suppressed.
Here, the “thickness of the protective film-forming film” means the thickness of the entire protective film-forming film. For example, the thickness of the protective film-forming film composed of a plurality of layers means the protective film-forming film. Means the total thickness of all the layers that make up.
 保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜を形成するときの硬化条件は、保護膜が十分にその機能を発揮する程度の硬化度となる限り特に限定されず、保護膜形成用フィルムの種類に応じて、適宜選択すればよい。
 例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化時における、エネルギー線の照度は、4~280mW/cmであることが好ましい。そして、前記硬化時における、エネルギー線の光量は、3~1000mJ/cmであることが好ましい。
The curing conditions for forming the protective film by curing the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited as long as the protective film has a degree of curing that sufficiently exhibits its function, and the type of the protective film-forming film is not limited. Accordingly, it may be appropriately selected.
For example, the illuminance of the energy rays when the protective film-forming film is cured is preferably 4 to 280 mW / cm 2 . The amount of energy rays during the curing is preferably 3 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
 図1は、本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムの一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。なお、以下の説明で用いる図は、本発明の特徴を分かり易くするために、便宜上、要部となる部分を拡大して示している場合があり、各構成要素の寸法比率等が実際と同じであるとは限らない。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of a protective film-forming film of the present invention. In addition, in order to make the features of the present invention easier to understand, the drawings used in the following description may show the main portions in an enlarged manner for convenience, and the dimensional ratios of the respective components are the same as the actual ones. Not necessarily.
 ここに示す保護膜形成用フィルム13は、その一方の表面13a上に第1剥離フィルム151を備え、前記表面13aとは反対側の他方の表面13b上に第2剥離フィルム152を備えている。
 このような保護膜形成用フィルム13は、例えば、ロール状として保管するのに好適である。
The protective film-forming film 13 shown here includes a first release film 151 on one surface 13a, and a second release film 152 on the other surface 13b opposite to the surface 13a.
Such a protective film-forming film 13 is suitable for storage as, for example, a roll.
 保護膜形成用フィルム13は、後述する保護膜形成用組成物を用いて形成できる。
 保護膜形成用フィルム13は、前記条件(1)及び(2)をともに満たす。
The protective film-forming film 13 can be formed using a protective film-forming composition described later.
The protective film-forming film 13 satisfies both the conditions (1) and (2).
 第1剥離フィルム151及び第2剥離フィルム152は、いずれも公知のものでよい。
 第1剥離フィルム151及び第2剥離フィルム152は、互いに同じものであってもよいし、例えば、保護膜形成用フィルム13から剥離させるときに必要な剥離力が互いに異なるなど、互いに異なるものであってもよい。
Both the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be known ones.
The first release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be the same as each other, for example, different from each other, for example, different peeling forces are required when peeling from the protective film-forming film 13. May be.
 図1に示す保護膜形成用フィルム13は、第1剥離フィルム151及び第2剥離フィルム152のいずれか一方が取り除かれ、生じた露出面に、半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付される。そして、第1剥離フィルム151及び第2剥離フィルム152の残りの他方が取り除かれ、生じた露出面が支持シートの貼付面となる。 In the protective film forming film 13 shown in FIG. 1, either one of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 is removed, and the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the resulting exposed surface. And the remaining other of the 1st peeling film 151 and the 2nd peeling film 152 is removed, and the produced exposed surface turns into a sticking surface of a support sheet.
<<保護膜形成用組成物>>
 保護膜形成用フィルムは、その構成材料を含有する保護膜形成用組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの形成対象面に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に保護膜形成用フィルムを形成できる。保護膜形成用組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、保護膜形成用フィルムの前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。なお、本明細書において、「常温」とは、特に冷やしたり、熱したりしない温度、すなわち平常の温度を意味し、例えば、15~25℃の温度等が挙げられる。
<< Composition for forming protective film >>
The protective film-forming film can be formed using a protective film-forming composition containing the constituent materials. For example, the protective film-forming film can be formed at the target site by applying the protective film-forming composition to the surface on which the protective film-forming film is to be formed and drying it as necessary. In the composition for forming a protective film, the content ratio of components that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the content ratio of the components of the film for forming a protective film. In the present specification, “normal temperature” means a temperature that is not particularly cooled or heated, that is, a normal temperature, and examples thereof include a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C.
 保護膜形成用組成物の塗工は、公知の方法で行えばよく、例えば、エアーナイフコーター、ブレードコーター、バーコーター、グラビアコーター、ロールコーター、ロールナイフコーター、カーテンコーター、ダイコーター、ナイフコーター、スクリーンコーター、マイヤーバーコーター、キスコーター等の各種コーターを用いる方法が挙げられる。 Coating of the composition for forming a protective film may be performed by a known method, for example, air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, Examples include a method using various coaters such as a screen coater, a Meyer bar coater, and a kiss coater.
 保護膜形成用組成物の乾燥条件は、特に限定されないが、保護膜形成用組成物は、後述する溶媒を含有している場合、加熱乾燥させることが好ましい。溶媒を含有する保護膜形成用組成物は、例えば、70~130℃で10秒~5分の条件で乾燥させることが好ましい。 The drying conditions of the protective film-forming composition are not particularly limited, but when the protective film-forming composition contains a solvent to be described later, it is preferable to dry by heating. The composition for forming a protective film containing a solvent is preferably dried at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes, for example.
<保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)>
 保護膜形成用組成物としては、例えば、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)を含有する保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)等が挙げられる。
<Composition for forming protective film (IV-1)>
Examples of the protective film forming composition include a protective film forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray curable component (a).
[エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)]
 エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)は、エネルギー線の照射によって硬化する成分であり、保護膜形成用フィルムに造膜性や、可撓性等を付与するための成分でもある。
 エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)としては、例えば、エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1)、及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2)が挙げられる。前記重合体(a1)は、その少なくとも一部が、後述する架橋剤(f)によって架橋されたものであってもよいし、架橋されていないものであってもよい。
 なお、本明細書において、重量平均分子量とは、特に断りのない限り、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により測定されるポリスチレン換算値を意味する。
[Energy ray curable component (a)]
The energy ray-curable component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiation with energy rays, and is also a component for imparting film-forming property, flexibility, and the like to the protective film-forming film.
Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and a weight average molecular weight of 80000 to 2000000, and an energy ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80000. A compound (a2) is mentioned. The polymer (a1) may be at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f) described later, or may not be crosslinked.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight means a polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
(エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1))
 エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1)としては、例えば、他の化合物が有する基と反応可能な官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)と、前記官能基と反応する基、及びエネルギー線硬化性二重結合等のエネルギー線硬化性基を有するエネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)と、が重合してなるアクリル系樹脂(a1-1)が挙げられる。
(Polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000)
Examples of the polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 include an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group of another compound, An acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by polymerizing a group that reacts with a functional group and an energy ray curable compound (a12) having an energy ray curable group such as an energy ray curable double bond. .
 他の化合物が有する基と反応可能な前記官能基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基(アミノ基の1個又は2個の水素原子が水素原子以外の基で置換されてなる基)、エポキシ基等が挙げられる。ただし、半導体ウエハや半導体チップ等の回路の腐食を防止するという点では、前記官能基はカルボキシ基以外の基であることが好ましい。
 これらの中でも、前記官能基は、水酸基であることが好ましい。
Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a substituted amino group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom). Group), an epoxy group, and the like. However, the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of a circuit such as a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
Among these, the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.
・官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)
 前記官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)としては、例えば、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーと、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーと、が共重合してなるものが挙げられ、これらモノマー以外に、さらにアクリル系モノマー以外のモノマー(非アクリル系モノマー)が共重合したものであってもよい。
 また、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)は、ランダム共重合体であってもよいし、ブロック共重合体であってもよい。
-Acrylic polymer having a functional group (a11)
Examples of the acrylic polymer (a11) having the functional group include those obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer having no functional group. In addition to monomers, monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers) may be copolymerized.
The acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
 前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、置換アミノ基含有モノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having a functional group include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, a substituted amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
 前記水酸基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル;ビニルアルコール、アリルアルコール等の非(メタ)アクリル系不飽和アルコール((メタ)アクリロイル骨格を有しない不飽和アルコール)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic non-methacrylates such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol Saturated alcohol (unsaturated alcohol which does not have a (meth) acryloyl skeleton) etc. are mentioned.
 前記カルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸等のエチレン性不飽和モノカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノカルボン酸);フマル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、シトラコン酸等のエチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するジカルボン酸);前記エチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸の無水物;2-カルボキシエチルメタクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸カルボキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citracone Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. It is done.
 前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーは、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマーが好ましく、水酸基含有モノマーがより好ましい。 The acrylic monomer having a functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
 前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成する、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The acrylic monomer having the functional group that constitutes the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
 前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリル)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル)等の、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基が、炭素数が1~18の鎖状構造である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate n. -Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, ( 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Undecyl acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate), ( T) Decyl acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, Examples include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester such as octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate) has a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
 また、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシエチル等のアルコキシアルキル基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;(メタ)アクリル酸フェニル等の(メタ)アクリル酸アリールエステル等を含む、芳香族基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;非架橋性の(メタ)アクリルアミド及びその誘導体;(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピル等の非架橋性の3級アミノ基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等も挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include alkoxy such as methoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, and ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate. Alkyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester; (meth) acrylic acid aryl ester such as (meth) acrylic acid phenyl ester, etc .; (meth) acrylic acid ester having an aromatic group; non-crosslinkable (meth) acrylamide and Derivatives thereof: (meth) acrylic acid esters having a non-crosslinking tertiary amino group such as N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate and N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate .
 前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成する、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The acrylic monomer which does not have the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
 前記非アクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレン、ノルボルネン等のオレフィン;酢酸ビニル;スチレン等が挙げられる。
 前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成する前記非アクリル系モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the non-acrylic monomer include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
The said non-acrylic monomer which comprises the said acrylic polymer (a11) may be only 1 type, may be 2 or more types, and when it is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
 前記アクリル系重合体(a11)において、これを構成する構成単位の全量に対する、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーから誘導された構成単位の量の割合(含有量)は、0.1~50質量%であることが好ましく、1~40質量%であることがより好ましく、3~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。前記割合がこのような範囲であることで、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)と前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)との共重合によって得られた前記アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)において、エネルギー線硬化性基の含有量は、保護膜の硬化の程度を好ましい範囲に容易に調節可能となる。 In the acrylic polymer (a11), the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer is 0.1 to 50 mass. %, More preferably 1 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass. When the ratio is within such a range, the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the energy ray-curable compound (a12) The content of the linear curable group can be easily adjusted within a preferable range of the degree of curing of the protective film.
 前記アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)を構成する前記アクリル系重合体(a11)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)の含有量は、1~40質量%であることが好ましく、2~30質量%であることがより好ましく、3~20質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is preferably 1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 2 to 30% by mass. A content of ˜20% by weight is particularly preferred.
・エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)
 前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)が有する官能基と反応可能な基として、イソシアネート基、エポキシ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群より選択される1種又は2種以上を有するものが好ましく、前記基としてイソシアネート基を有するものがより好ましい。前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、例えば、前記基としてイソシアネート基を有する場合、このイソシアネート基が、前記官能基として水酸基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)のこの水酸基と容易に反応する。
Energy beam curable compound (a12)
The energy ray curable compound (a12) is one or two selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group and a carboxy group as a group capable of reacting with the functional group of the acrylic polymer (a11). Those having the above are preferred, and those having an isocyanate group as the group are more preferred. For example, when the energy beam curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.
 前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、1分子中に前記エネルギー線硬化性基を1~5個有することが好ましく、1~3個有することがより好ましい。 The energy ray curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5 energy ray curable groups in one molecule, and more preferably 1 to 3 energy ray curable groups.
 前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)としては、例えば、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート、メタ-イソプロペニル-α,α-ジメチルベンジルイソシアネート、メタクリロイルイソシアネート、アリルイソシアネート、1,1-(ビスアクリロイルオキシメチル)エチルイソシアネート;
 ジイソシアネート化合物又はポリイソシアネート化合物と、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートとの反応により得られるアクリロイルモノイソシアネート化合物;
 ジイソシアネート化合物又はポリイソシアネート化合物と、ポリオール化合物と、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートとの反応により得られるアクリロイルモノイソシアネート化合物等が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネートであることが好ましい。
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound (a12) include 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, meta-isopropenyl-α, α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryloyl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1- (bisacryloyloxymethyl). Ethyl isocyanate;
An acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reacting a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound with hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate;
Examples thereof include an acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by a reaction of a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, a polyol compound, and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
Among these, the energy beam curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
 前記アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)を構成する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
 前記アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)において、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)に由来する前記官能基の含有量に対する、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)に由来するエネルギー線硬化性基の含有量の割合は、20~120モル%であることが好ましく、35~100モル%であることがより好ましく、50~100モル%であることが特に好ましい。前記含有量の割合がこのような範囲であることで、硬化により形成された保護膜の接着力がより大きくなる。なお、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)が一官能(前記基を1分子中に1個有する)化合物である場合には、前記含有量の割合の上限値は100モル%となるが、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)が多官能(前記基を1分子中に2個以上有する)化合物である場合には、前記含有量の割合の上限値は100モル%を超えることがある。 In the acrylic resin (a1-1), the content of the energy beam curable group derived from the energy beam curable compound (a12) with respect to the content of the functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11). Is preferably 20 to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 to 100 mol%, and particularly preferably 50 to 100 mol%. When the ratio of the content is within such a range, the adhesive force of the protective film formed by curing is further increased. In addition, when the energy ray curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional compound (having one of the groups per molecule), the upper limit of the content ratio is 100 mol%, When the energy ray curable compound (a12) is a polyfunctional compound (having two or more of the groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the content ratio may exceed 100 mol%.
 前記重合体(a1)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、100000~2000000であることが好ましく、300000~1500000であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (a1) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 300,000 to 1500,000.
 前記重合体(a1)が、その少なくとも一部が架橋剤(f)によって架橋されたものである場合、前記重合体(a1)は、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成するものとして説明した、上述のモノマーのいずれにも該当せず、かつ架橋剤(f)と反応する基を有するモノマーが重合して、架橋剤(f)と反応する基において架橋されたものであってもよいし、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)に由来する、前記官能基と反応する基において、架橋されたものであってもよい。 In the case where the polymer (a1) is at least partly crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f), the polymer (a1) is described as constituting the acrylic polymer (a11). A monomer that does not correspond to any of the above-described monomers and has a group that reacts with the crosslinking agent (f) is polymerized to be crosslinked at a group that reacts with the crosslinking agent (f). A group that is derived from the energy ray-curable compound (a12) and reacts with the functional group may be cross-linked.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する前記重合体(a1)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The polymer (a1) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
(エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2))
 エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2)中の前記エネルギー線硬化性基としては、エネルギー線硬化性二重結合を含む基が挙げられ、好ましいものとしては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基等が挙げられる。
(Compound (a2) having an energy ray curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000)
Examples of the energy ray-curable group in the compound (a2) having an energy ray-curable group and having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 include a group containing an energy ray-curable double bond. ) An acryloyl group, a vinyl group, etc. are mentioned.
 前記化合物(a2)は、上記の条件を満たすものであれば、特に限定されないが、エネルギー線硬化性基を有する低分子量化合物、エネルギー線硬化性基を有するエポキシ樹脂、エネルギー線硬化性基を有するフェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。 The compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above conditions, but has a low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group, an epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group, and an energy ray curable group. A phenol resin etc. are mentioned.
 前記化合物(a2)のうち、エネルギー線硬化性基を有する低分子量化合物としては、例えば、多官能のモノマー又はオリゴマー等が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するアクリレート系化合物が好ましい。
 前記アクリレート系化合物としては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシ-3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルメタクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロポキシ化エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、9,9-ビス[4-(2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエトキシ)フェニル]フルオレン、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリプロポキシ)フェニル]プロパン、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート(トリシクロデカンジメチロールジ(メタ)アクリレート)、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-1,3-ジ(メタ)アクリロキシプロパン等の2官能(メタ)アクリレート;
 トリス(2-(メタ)アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(2-(メタ)アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、エトキシ化グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールポリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等の多官能(メタ)アクリレート;
 ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等の多官能(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等が挙げられる。
Among the compounds (a2), examples of the low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and an acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
Examples of the acrylate compound include 2-hydroxy-3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, and 2,2-bis [4 -((Meth) acryloxypolyethoxy) phenyl] propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxydiethoxy) phenyl] propane, 9,9-bis [4- (2- (meth) acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl] propane, tricyclodecane dimethanol di (meth) acrylate (tri Cyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) a Relate), 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene Glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 2 , 2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxyethoxy) phenyl] propane, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 2-hydro Difunctional (meth) acrylates such as shea 1,3-di (meth) acryloxy propane;
Tris (2- (meth) acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ε-caprolactone modified tris- (2- (meth) acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethoxylated glycerin tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, Trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa ( Polyfunctional (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate;
Examples include polyfunctional (meth) acrylate oligomers such as urethane (meth) acrylate oligomers.
 前記化合物(a2)のうち、エネルギー線硬化性基を有するエポキシ樹脂、エネルギー線硬化性基を有するフェノール樹脂としては、例えば、「特開2013-194102号公報」の段落0043等に記載されているものを用いることができる。このような樹脂は、後述する熱硬化性成分(h)を構成する樹脂にも該当するが、本発明においては前記化合物(a2)として取り扱う。 Among the compounds (a2), the epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group and the phenol resin having an energy ray curable group are described in, for example, paragraph 0043 of “JP 2013-194102 A”. Things can be used. Such a resin corresponds to a resin constituting the thermosetting component (h) described later, but is treated as the compound (a2) in the present invention.
 前記化合物(a2)の重量平均分子量は、100~30000であることが好ましく、300~10000であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the compound (a2) is preferably 100 to 30000, and more preferably 300 to 10000.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する前記化合物(a2)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the compound (a2) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and combinations of two or more kinds. The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
[エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)]
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムは、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)として前記化合物(a2)を含有する場合、さらにエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)も含有することが好ましい。
 前記重合体(b)は、その少なくとも一部が架橋剤(f)によって架橋されたものであってもよいし、架橋されていないものであってもよい。
[Polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group]
When the protective film forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film forming film contain the compound (a2) as the energy ray curable component (a), the polymer further does not have an energy ray curable group. It is also preferable to contain (b).
The polymer (b) may be at least partially crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f) or may not be crosslinked.
 エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)としては、例えば、アクリル系重合体、フェノキシ樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル、ゴム系樹脂、アクリルウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)、ブチラール樹脂、ポリエステルウレタン樹脂等が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、前記重合体(b)は、アクリル系重合体(以下、「アクリル系重合体(b-1)」と略記することがある)であることが好ましい。
Examples of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group include acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber resins, acrylic urethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), butyral resins, and polyester urethanes. Examples thereof include resins.
Among these, the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “acrylic polymer (b-1)”).
 アクリル系重合体(b-1)は、公知のものでよく、例えば、1種のアクリル系モノマーの単独重合体であってもよいし、2種以上のアクリル系モノマーの共重合体であってもよいし、1種又は2種以上のアクリル系モノマーと、1種又は2種以上のアクリル系モノマー以外のモノマー(非アクリル系モノマー)と、の共重合体であってもよい。 The acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a known one, for example, a homopolymer of one acrylic monomer or a copolymer of two or more acrylic monomers. Alternatively, it may be a copolymer of one or two or more acrylic monomers and a monomer (non-acrylic monomer) other than one or two or more acrylic monomers.
 アクリル系重合体(b-1)を構成する前記アクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル、環状骨格を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、グリシジル基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等が挙げられる。ここで、「置換アミノ基」とは、先に説明したとおりである。 Examples of the acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton, glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester, Examples include hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters and substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters. Here, the “substituted amino group” is as described above.
 前記(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリル)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル)等の、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基が、炭素数が1~18の鎖状構造である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and n- (meth) acrylate. Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (meth ) 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic Undecyl acid, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate), ( T) Decyl acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, Examples include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester such as octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate) has a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
 前記環状骨格を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンタニル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルキルエステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル等の(メタ)アクリル酸アラルキルエステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルエステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルオキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as isobornyl (meth) acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate;
(Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid benzyl;
(Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester;
Examples include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyloxyethyl ester.
 前記グリシジル基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジル等が挙げられる。
 前記水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等が挙げられる。
 前記置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸N-メチルアミノエチル等が挙げられる。
Examples of the glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic ester include glycidyl (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and 3-hydroxy (meth) acrylate. Examples include propyl, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
Examples of the substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
 アクリル系重合体(b-1)を構成する前記非アクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレン、ノルボルネン等のオレフィン;酢酸ビニル;スチレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
 少なくとも一部が架橋剤(f)によって架橋された、前記エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)としては、例えば、前記重合体(b)中の反応性官能基が架橋剤(f)と反応したものが挙げられる。
 前記反応性官能基は、架橋剤(f)の種類等に応じて適宜選択すればよく、特に限定されない。例えば、架橋剤(f)がポリイソシアネート化合物である場合には、前記反応性官能基としては、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、イソシアネート基との反応性が高い水酸基が好ましい。また、架橋剤(f)がエポキシ系化合物である場合には、前記反応性官能基としては、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基等が挙げられ、これらの中でもエポキシ基との反応性が高いカルボキシ基が好ましい。ただし、半導体ウエハや半導体チップの回路の腐食を防止するという点では、前記反応性官能基はカルボキシ基以外の基であることが好ましい。
As the polymer (b) at least partially crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f) and not having the energy ray curable group, for example, the reactive functional group in the polymer (b) is a crosslinking agent (f ).
The reactive functional group may be appropriately selected according to the type of the crosslinking agent (f) and the like, and is not particularly limited. For example, when the crosslinking agent (f) is a polyisocyanate compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an amino group. Among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group. Is preferred. Further, when the crosslinking agent (f) is an epoxy compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a carboxy group, an amino group, an amide group, etc. Among them, a carboxy group having high reactivity with an epoxy group. Groups are preferred. However, the reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
 前記反応性官能基を有する、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)としては、例えば、少なくとも前記反応性官能基を有するモノマーを重合させて得られたものが挙げられる。アクリル系重合体(b-1)の場合であれば、これを構成するモノマーとして挙げた、前記アクリル系モノマー及び非アクリル系モノマーのいずれか一方又は両方として、前記反応性官能基を有するものを用いればよい。反応性官能基として水酸基を有する前記重合体(b)としては、例えば、水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルを重合して得られたものが挙げられ、これ以外にも、先に挙げた前記アクリル系モノマー又は非アクリル系モノマーにおいて、1個又は2個以上の水素原子が前記反応性官能基で置換されてなるモノマーを重合して得られたものが挙げられる。 Examples of the polymer (b) having the reactive functional group and not having the energy ray-curable group include those obtained by polymerizing at least the monomer having the reactive functional group. In the case of the acrylic polymer (b-1), those having the reactive functional group as one or both of the acrylic monomer and the non-acrylic monomer mentioned as the monomers constituting the polymer (b-1). Use it. Examples of the polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group include those obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester. Examples thereof include those obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with the reactive functional group in a non-acrylic monomer or a non-acrylic monomer.
 反応性官能基を有する前記重合体(b)において、これを構成する構成単位の全量に対する、反応性官能基を有するモノマーから誘導された構成単位の量の割合(含有量)は、1~25質量%であることが好ましく、2~20質量%であることがより好ましい。前記割合がこのような範囲であることで、前記重合体(b)において、架橋の程度がより好ましい範囲となる。 In the polymer (b) having a reactive functional group, the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the monomer having the reactive functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer (b) is 1 to 25. The mass is preferably 2, and more preferably 2 to 20 mass%. When the ratio is within such a range, the degree of cross-linking becomes a more preferable range in the polymer (b).
 エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の造膜性がより良好となる点から、10000~2000000であることが好ましく、100000~1500000であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group is 10,000 to 2,000,000 from the viewpoint that the film-forming property of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) becomes better. It is preferably 100000 to 1500,000.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of more than species, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)としては、前記重合体(a1)及び前記化合物(a2)のいずれか一方又は両方を含有するものが挙げられる。そして、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、前記化合物(a2)を含有する場合、さらにエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)も含有することが好ましく、この場合、さらに前記(a1)を含有することも好ましい。また、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、前記化合物(a2)を含有せず、前記重合体(a1)、及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)をともに含有していてもよい。 Examples of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) include those containing one or both of the polymer (a1) and the compound (a2). When the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the compound (a2), it preferably contains a polymer (b) that does not have an energy ray-curable group. It is also preferable to contain (a1). Further, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) does not contain the compound (a2) and contains both the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. It may be.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が、前記重合体(a1)、前記化合物(a2)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)を含有する場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、前記化合物(a2)の含有量は、前記重合体(a1)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の総含有量100質量部に対して、10~400質量部であることが好ましく、30~350質量部であることがより好ましい。 When the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the polymer (a1), the compound (a2) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the protective film-forming composition In (IV-1), the content of the compound (a2) is 10 to 10 parts per 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. The amount is preferably 400 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 350 parts by mass.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、溶媒以外の成分の総含有量に対する、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の合計含有量の割合(すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムの前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の合計含有量)は、5~90質量%であることが好ましく、10~80質量%であることがより好ましく、15~70質量%であることが特に好ましく、例えば、15~60質量%、及び15~50質量%のいずれかであってもよい。前記合計含有量の割合がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜形成用フィルムのエネルギー線硬化性がより良好となる。 In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the total content of the energy beam curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group with respect to the total content of components other than the solvent (That is, the total content of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group in the protective film-forming film) is 5 to 90% by mass. It is preferably 10 to 80% by mass, more preferably 15 to 70% by mass, and for example, it may be any one of 15 to 60% by mass and 15 to 50% by mass. When the ratio of the total content is within such a range, the energy ray curability of the protective film-forming film becomes better.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)を含有する場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記重合体(b)の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)の含有量100質量部に対して、3~160質量部であることが好ましく、6~130質量部であることがより好ましい。前記重合体(b)の前記含有量がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜形成用フィルムのエネルギー線硬化性がより良好となる。 When the protective film forming composition (IV-1) contains the energy beam curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group, the protective film forming composition (IV-1) ) And the protective film-forming film, the content of the polymer (b) is preferably 3 to 160 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable component (a). More preferably, it is ˜130 parts by mass. When the content of the polymer (b) is in such a range, the energy ray curability of the protective film-forming film becomes better.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)以外に、目的に応じて、光重合開始剤(c)、充填材(d)、カップリング剤(e)、架橋剤(f)、着色剤(g)、熱硬化性成分(h)、及び汎用添加剤(z)からなる群より選択される1種又は2種以上を含有していてもよい。
 例えば、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及び熱硬化性成分(h)を含有する保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)を用いることにより、形成される保護膜形成用フィルムは、加熱によって被着体に対する接着力が向上し、この保護膜形成用フィルムから形成された保護膜の強度も向上する。
 また、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の含有成分として着色剤(g)を用いることにより、前記条件(1)を満たすように透過率(1342nm)を調節すること、及び、前記条件(2)を満たすように透過率(1250nm)を調節することが、それぞれ容易となる。
In addition to the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) comprises a photopolymerization initiator (c) depending on the purpose. , A filler (d), a coupling agent (e), a crosslinking agent (f), a colorant (g), a thermosetting component (h), and a general-purpose additive (z). Or you may contain 2 or more types.
For example, by using the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray-curable component (a) and the thermosetting component (h), the protective film-forming film formed is heated. Adhesive strength to the adherend is improved, and the strength of the protective film formed from this protective film-forming film is also improved.
Further, by using the colorant (g) as a component of the protective film forming composition (IV-1), the transmittance (1342 nm) is adjusted so as to satisfy the condition (1), and the condition It becomes easy to adjust the transmittance (1250 nm) so as to satisfy (2).
[光重合開始剤(c)]
 光重合開始剤(c)としては、例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾイン安息香酸、ベンゾイン安息香酸メチル、ベンゾインジメチルケタール等のベンゾイン化合物;アセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン等のアセトフェノン化合物;ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド等のアシルフォスフィンオキサイド化合物;ベンジルフェニルスルフィド、テトラメチルチウラムモノスルフィド等のスルフィド化合物;1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン等のα-ケトール化合物;アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等のアゾ化合物;チタノセン等のチタノセン化合物;チオキサントン等のチオキサントン化合物;ベンゾフェノン、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-2-ベンジル-1-ブタノン、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)等のベンゾフェノン化合物;パーオキサイド化合物;ジアセチル等のジケトン化合物;ベンジル;ジベンジル;2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン;1,2-ジフェニルメタン;2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-[4-(1-メチルビニル)フェニル]プロパノン;2-クロロアントラキノン等が挙げられる。
 また、光重合開始剤(c)としては、例えば、1-クロロアントラキノン等のキノン化合物;アミン等の光増感剤等を用いることもできる。
[Photoinitiator (c)]
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (c) include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin methyl benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2 Acetophenone compounds such as -hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenyl Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as phosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; sulfides such as benzylphenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide Compound; α-ketol compound such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compound such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compound such as titanocene; thioxanthone compound such as thioxanthone; benzophenone, 2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone, ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime Benzophenone compounds such as); diketone compounds such as diacetyl; benzyl; dibenzyl; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methyl Vinyl) phenyl] propanone; 2-chloroanthraquino Or the like.
As the photopolymerization initiator (c), for example, a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; a photosensitizer such as amine can be used.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する光重合開始剤(c)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photopolymerization initiator (c) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
 光重合開始剤(c)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、光重合開始剤(c)の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。 When the photopolymerization initiator (c) is used, in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator (c) is 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable compound (a). The amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
[充填材(d)]
 保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材(d)を含有することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜は、熱膨張係数の調整が容易となる。そして、この熱膨張係数を保護膜の形成対象物に対して最適化することで、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性がより向上する。また、保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材(d)を含有することにより、保護膜の吸湿率を低減したり、放熱性を向上させたりすることもできる。
 充填材(d)としては、例えば、熱伝導性材料からなるものが挙げられる。
[Filler (d)]
When the protective film-forming film contains the filler (d), the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient. And the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation improves more by optimizing this thermal expansion coefficient with respect to the formation object of a protective film. Moreover, the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can be reduced or heat dissipation can be improved because the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d).
Examples of the filler (d) include those made of a heat conductive material.
 充填材(d)は、有機充填材及び無機充填材のいずれでもよいが、無機充填材であることが好ましい。
 好ましい無機充填材としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、タルク、炭酸カルシウム、チタンホワイト、ベンガラ、炭化ケイ素、窒化ホウ素等の粉末;これら無機充填材を球形化したビーズ;これら無機充填材の表面改質品;これら無機充填材の単結晶繊維;ガラス繊維等が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、無機充填材は、シリカ又はアルミナであることが好ましい。
The filler (d) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders of silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, bengara, silicon carbide, boron nitride, and the like; beads formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; surface modification of these inorganic fillers Products; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers and the like.
Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.
 充填材(d)の平均粒子径は、特に限定されないが、0.01~20μmであることが好ましく、0.1~15μmであることがより好ましく、0.3~10μmであることが特に好ましい。充填材(d)の平均粒子径がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜の形成対象物に対する接着性を維持しつつ、保護膜の光の透過率の低下を抑制できる。
 なお、本明細書において「平均粒子径」とは、特に断りのない限り、レーザー回折散乱法によって求められた粒度分布曲線における、積算値50%での粒子径(D50)の値を意味する。
The average particle size of the filler (d) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 20 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 15 μm, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 10 μm. . When the average particle diameter of the filler (d) is in such a range, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the light transmittance of the protective film while maintaining the adhesion to the object to be formed of the protective film.
In the present specification, “average particle size” means the value of the particle size (D 50 ) at an integrated value of 50% in the particle size distribution curve obtained by the laser diffraction scattering method, unless otherwise specified. .
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する充填材(d)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the filler (d) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and combinations of two or more types. The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 充填材(d)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、溶媒以外の全ての成分の総含有量に対する充填材(d)の含有量の割合(すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムの充填材(d)の含有量)は、5~83質量%であることが好ましく、7~78質量%であることがより好ましく、例えば、10~78質量%、20~78質量%、30~78質量%、40~78質量%、及び50~78質量%のいずれかであってもよい。充填材(d)の含有量がこのような範囲であることで、上記の熱膨張係数の調整がより容易となる。 When the filler (d) is used, in the protective film forming composition (IV-1), the ratio of the content of the filler (d) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, for forming the protective film) The content of the filler (d) in the film) is preferably 5 to 83% by mass, more preferably 7 to 78% by mass, such as 10 to 78% by mass, 20 to 78% by mass, It may be any of 30 to 78 mass%, 40 to 78 mass%, and 50 to 78 mass%. When the content of the filler (d) is in such a range, the adjustment of the thermal expansion coefficient becomes easier.
[カップリング剤(e)]
 カップリング剤(e)として、無機化合物又は有機化合物と反応可能な官能基を有するものを用いることにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの被着体に対する接着性及び密着性を向上させることができる。また、カップリング剤(e)を用いることで、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜は、耐熱性を損なうことなく、耐水性が向上する。
[Coupling agent (e)]
By using a coupling agent (e) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the adherend can be improved. Further, by using the coupling agent (e), the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film has improved water resistance without impairing the heat resistance.
 カップリング剤(e)は、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)等が有する官能基と反応可能な官能基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、シランカップリング剤であることがより好ましい。
 好ましい前記シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシメチルジエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)プロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-(フェニルアミノ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アニリノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、ビス(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)テトラスルファン、メチルトリメトキシシラン、メチルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリアセトキシシラン、イミダゾールシラン等が挙げられる。
The coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group of the energy beam curable component (a), the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group, and the like. More preferably, it is a silane coupling agent.
Preferred examples of the silane coupling agent include 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-amino Ethylamino) propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (phenylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropi Examples include trimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfane, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriacetoxysilane, and imidazolesilane. It is done.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有するカップリング剤(e)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the coupling agent (e) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
 カップリング剤(e)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、カップリング剤(e)の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の総含有量100質量部に対して、0.03~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.05~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.1~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。カップリング剤(e)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、充填材(d)の樹脂への分散性の向上や、保護膜形成用フィルムの被着体との接着性の向上など、カップリング剤(e)を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、カップリング剤(e)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、アウトガスの発生がより抑制される。 When the coupling agent (e) is used, the content of the coupling agent (e) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film includes the energy ray curable component (a) and the energy. It is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (b) having no linear curable group, The amount is particularly preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the coupling agent (e) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the dispersibility of the filler (d) in the resin is improved and the adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the adherend is improved. The effect by using a coupling agent (e) etc. is acquired more notably. Moreover, generation | occurrence | production of an outgas is suppressed more because the said content of a coupling agent (e) is below the said upper limit.
[架橋剤(f)]
 架橋剤(f)を用いて、上述のエネルギー線硬化性成分(a)やエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)を架橋することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの初期接着力及び凝集力を調節できる。
[Crosslinking agent (f)]
By using the crosslinking agent (f) to crosslink the above-mentioned energy ray-curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the initial adhesive force and aggregation of the protective film-forming film. You can adjust the power.
 架橋剤(f)としては、例えば、有機多価イソシアネート化合物、有機多価イミン化合物、金属キレート系架橋剤(金属キレート構造を有する架橋剤)、アジリジン系架橋剤(アジリジニル基を有する架橋剤)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the crosslinking agent (f) include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridinyl group), and the like. Is mentioned.
 前記有機多価イソシアネート化合物としては、例えば、芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物、脂肪族多価イソシアネート化合物及び脂環族多価イソシアネート化合物(以下、これら化合物をまとめて「芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等」と略記することがある);前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等の三量体、イソシアヌレート体及びアダクト体;前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等とポリオール化合物とを反応させて得られる末端イソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー等が挙げられる。前記「アダクト体」は、前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物、脂肪族多価イソシアネート化合物又は脂環族多価イソシアネート化合物と、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、トリメチロールプロパン又はヒマシ油等の低分子活性水素含有化合物との反応物を意味する。前記アダクト体の例としては、後述するようなトリメチロールプロパンのキシリレンジイソシアネート付加物等が挙げられる。また、「末端イソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー」とは、ウレタン結合を有するとともに、分子の末端部にイソシアネート基を有するプレポリマーを意味する。 Examples of the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound include an aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and an alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds are collectively referred to as “aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the like”). A trimer such as the aromatic polyisocyanate compound, isocyanurate and adduct; a terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by reacting the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the polyol compound. Etc. The “adduct body” includes the aromatic polyisocyanate compound, the aliphatic polyisocyanate compound or the alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, and a low amount such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil. It means a reaction product with a molecularly active hydrogen-containing compound. Examples of the adduct include a xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described later. The “terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer” means a prepolymer having a urethane bond and an isocyanate group at the end of the molecule.
 前記有機多価イソシアネート化合物として、より具体的には、例えば、2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート;2,6-トリレンジイソシアネート;1,3-キシリレンジイソシアネート;1,4-キシレンジイソシアネート;ジフェニルメタン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート;ジフェニルメタン-2,4’-ジイソシアネート;3-メチルジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート;ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート;イソホロンジイソシアネート;ジシクロヘキシルメタン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート;ジシクロヘキシルメタン-2,4’-ジイソシアネート;トリメチロールプロパン等のポリオールのすべて又は一部の水酸基に、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート及びキシリレンジイソシアネートのいずれか1種又は2種以上が付加した化合物;リジンジイソシアネート等が挙げられる。 More specifically, as the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate; 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4 Dimethylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; trimethylol Any one of tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate is added to all or some hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as propane. Or two or more compounds are added; lysine diisocyanate.
 前記有機多価イミン化合物としては、例えば、N,N’-ジフェニルメタン-4,4’-ビス(1-アジリジンカルボキシアミド)、トリメチロールプロパン-トリ-β-アジリジニルプロピオネート、テトラメチロールメタン-トリ-β-アジリジニルプロピオネート、N,N’-トルエン-2,4-ビス(1-アジリジンカルボキシアミド)トリエチレンメラミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic polyvalent imine compound include N, N′-diphenylmethane-4,4′-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri-β-aziridinylpropionate, and tetramethylolmethane. -Tri-β-aziridinylpropionate, N, N′-toluene-2,4-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide) triethylenemelamine and the like.
 架橋剤(f)として有機多価イソシアネート化合物を用いる場合、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)又はエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)としては、水酸基含有重合体を用いることが好ましい。架橋剤(f)がイソシアネート基を有し、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)又はエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)が水酸基を有する場合、架橋剤(f)とエネルギー線硬化性成分(a)又はエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)との反応によって、保護膜形成用フィルムに架橋構造を簡便に導入できる。 When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (f), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the energy ray curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group. When the crosslinking agent (f) has an isocyanate group, and the energy ray-curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking agent (f) and the energy ray-curable property. A cross-linked structure can be easily introduced into the protective film-forming film by reaction with the component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する架橋剤(f)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The crosslinking agent (f) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, or a combination of two or more types. The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 架橋剤(f)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、架橋剤(f)の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の総含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.5~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。架橋剤(f)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、架橋剤(f)を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、架橋剤(f)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、架橋剤(f)の過剰使用が抑制される。 In the case where the crosslinking agent (f) is used, the content of the crosslinking agent (f) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is such that the energy ray-curable component (a) and the energy ray-curable group having no energy ray-curable group are contained. The total content of the combined (b) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight, and 0.5 to 5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight. It is particularly preferred. When the content of the cross-linking agent (f) is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, the effect of using the cross-linking agent (f) is more remarkably obtained. Moreover, the excessive use of a crosslinking agent (f) is suppressed because the said content of a crosslinking agent (f) is below the said upper limit.
[着色剤(g)]
 着色剤(g)としては、例えば、無機系顔料、有機系顔料、有機系染料等、公知のものが挙げられる。
[Colorant (g)]
Examples of the colorant (g) include known pigments such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.
 前記有機系顔料及び有機系染料としては、例えば、アミニウム系色素、シアニン系色素、メロシアニン系色素、クロコニウム系色素、スクアリウム系色素、アズレニウム系色素、ポリメチン系色素、ナフトキノン系色素、ピリリウム系色素、フタロシアニン系色素、ナフタロシアニン系色素、ナフトラクタム系色素、アゾ系色素、縮合アゾ系色素、インジゴ系色素、ペリノン系色素、ペリレン系色素、ジオキサジン系色素、キナクリドン系色素、イソインドリノン系色素、キノフタロン系色素、ピロール系色素、チオインジゴ系色素、金属錯体系色素(金属錯塩染料)、ジチオール金属錯体系色素、インドールフェノール系色素、トリアリルメタン系色素、アントラキノン系色素、ナフトール系色素、アゾメチン系色素、ベンズイミダゾロン系色素、ピランスロン系色素及びスレン系色素等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic pigments and organic dyes include aminium dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, croconium dyes, squalium dyes, azurenium dyes, polymethine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, pyrylium dyes, and phthalocyanines. Dyes, naphthalocyanine dyes, naphtholactam dyes, azo dyes, condensed azo dyes, indigo dyes, perinone dyes, perylene dyes, dioxazine dyes, quinacridone dyes, isoindolinone dyes, quinophthalone dyes , Pyrrole dyes, thioindigo dyes, metal complex dyes (metal complex dyes), dithiol metal complex dyes, indolephenol dyes, triallylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, naphthol dyes, azomethine dyes, benzimidazo B Systems dyes, pyranthrone pigments and threne dyes.
 前記無機系顔料としては、例えば、カーボンブラック、コバルト系色素、鉄系色素、クロム系色素、チタン系色素、バナジウム系色素、ジルコニウム系色素、モリブデン系色素、ルテニウム系色素、白金系色素、ITO(インジウムスズオキサイド)系色素、ATO(アンチモンスズオキサイド)系色素等が挙げられる。 Examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, cobalt dye, iron dye, chromium dye, titanium dye, vanadium dye, zirconium dye, molybdenum dye, ruthenium dye, platinum dye, ITO ( Indium tin oxide) dyes, ATO (antimony tin oxide) dyes, and the like.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する着色剤(g)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the colorant (g) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and combinations of two or more kinds. The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記条件(1)を満たすように保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1342nm)を調節すること、及び、前記条件(2)を満たすように保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1250nm)を調節することが、それぞれより容易となる点から、着色剤(g)は、有機系顔料又は有機系染料であることが好ましい。 The transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film-forming film is adjusted so as to satisfy the condition (1), and the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film is adjusted so as to satisfy the condition (2). It is preferable that the colorant (g) is an organic pigment or an organic dye from the viewpoint that each becomes easier.
 着色剤(g)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤(g)の含有量は、保護膜形成用フィルムが前記条件(1)及び(2)をともに満たすように、適宜調節すればよい。例えば、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、溶媒以外の全ての成分の総含有量に対する着色剤(g)の含有量の割合(すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤(g)の含有量)は、0.1~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.4~7.5質量%であることがより好ましく、0.8~5質量%であることが特に好ましい。前記割合をこのような範囲とすることで、最終的に保護膜の機能を損なわない様にしつつ、前記条件(1)を満たすように保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1342nm)を調節すること、及び、前記条件(2)を満たすように保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1250nm)を調節することが、それぞれ容易となる。また、前記割合をこのような範囲とすることは、着色剤(g)が有機系顔料又は有機系染料である場合に、特に好適である。 When the colorant (g) is used, the content of the colorant (g) in the protective film-forming film is appropriately adjusted so that the protective film-forming film satisfies both the conditions (1) and (2). Good. For example, in the protective film forming composition (IV-1), the ratio of the content of the colorant (g) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the colorant (g) of the protective film forming film) Is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.4 to 7.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.8 to 5% by mass. By adjusting the ratio in such a range, the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film-forming film is adjusted so as to satisfy the above condition (1) while not damaging the function of the protective film. And it is easy to adjust the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film so as to satisfy the condition (2). Moreover, making the said ratio into such a range is especially suitable when the colorant (g) is an organic pigment or an organic dye.
[熱硬化性成分(h)]
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する熱硬化性成分(h)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Thermosetting component (h)]
The thermosetting component (h) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and if two or more kinds, These combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
 熱硬化性成分(h)としては、例えば、エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂、熱硬化性ポリイミド、ポリウレタン、不飽和ポリエステル、シリコーン樹脂等が挙げられ、エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂が好ましい。 Examples of the thermosetting component (h) include epoxy thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, and silicone resins, and epoxy thermosetting resins are preferable.
(エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂)
 エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂(h1)及び熱硬化剤(h2)からなる。
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有するエポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
(Epoxy thermosetting resin)
The epoxy thermosetting resin includes an epoxy resin (h1) and a thermosetting agent (h2).
The epoxy thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
・エポキシ樹脂(h1)
 エポキシ樹脂(h1)としては、公知のものが挙げられ、例えば、多官能系エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル化合物、ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテル及びその水添物、オルソクレゾールノボラックエポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェニレン骨格型エポキシ樹脂等、2官能以上のエポキシ化合物が挙げられる。
・ Epoxy resin (h1)
Examples of the epoxy resin (h1) include known ones such as polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, orthocresol novolac epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins, Biphenyl type epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenylene skeleton type epoxy resins, and the like, and bifunctional or higher functional epoxy compounds are listed.
 エポキシ樹脂(h1)としては、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂を用いてもよい。不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂は、不飽和炭化水素基を有しないエポキシ樹脂よりもアクリル系樹脂との相溶性が高い。そのため、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂を用いることで、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性が向上する。 As the epoxy resin (h1), an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be used. An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is more compatible with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
 不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、多官能系エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ基の一部が不飽和炭化水素基を有する基に変換されてなる化合物が挙げられる。このような化合物は、例えば、エポキシ基へ(メタ)アクリル酸又はその誘導体を付加反応させることにより得られる。
 また、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂を構成する芳香環等に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合した化合物等が挙げられる。
 不飽和炭化水素基は、重合性を有する不飽和基であり、その具体的な例としては、エテニル基(ビニル基)、2-プロペニル基(アリル基)、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基等が挙げられ、アクリロイル基が好ましい。
Examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds obtained by converting a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin into a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group.
Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple | bonded with the aromatic ring etc. which comprise an epoxy resin are mentioned, for example.
The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include ethenyl group (vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (allyl group), (meth) acryloyl group, (meth) An acrylamide group etc. are mentioned, An acryloyl group is preferable.
 エポキシ樹脂(h1)の数平均分子量は、特に限定されないが、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化性、並びに保護膜の強度及び耐熱性の点から、300~30000であることが好ましく、400~10000であることがより好ましく、500~3000であることが特に好ましい。
 エポキシ樹脂(h1)のエポキシ当量は、100~1000g/eqであることが好ましく、150~800g/eqであることがより好ましい。
The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 30000 from the viewpoint of curability of the protective film-forming film and strength and heat resistance of the protective film, and is preferably 400 to 10,000. More preferably, it is more preferably 500 to 3000.
The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably 100 to 1000 g / eq, and more preferably 150 to 800 g / eq.
 エポキシ樹脂(h1)は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよく、2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 As the epoxy resin (h1), one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
・熱硬化剤(h2)
 熱硬化剤(h2)は、エポキシ樹脂(h1)に対する硬化剤として機能する。
 熱硬化剤(h2)としては、例えば、1分子中にエポキシ基と反応し得る官能基を2個以上有する化合物が挙げられる。前記官能基としては、例えば、フェノール性水酸基、アルコール性水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、酸基が無水物化された基等が挙げられ、フェノール性水酸基、アミノ基、又は酸基が無水物化された基であることが好ましく、フェノール性水酸基又はアミノ基であることがより好ましい。
・ Thermosetting agent (h2)
The thermosetting agent (h2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (h1).
As a thermosetting agent (h2), the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example. Examples of the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, a group in which an acid group has been anhydrideized, and the like, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group, or an acid group has been anhydrideized. It is preferably a group, more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.
 熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、フェノール性水酸基を有するフェノール系硬化剤としては、例えば、多官能フェノール樹脂、ビフェノール、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン系フェノール樹脂、アラルキルフェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。
 熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、アミノ基を有するアミン系硬化剤としては、例えば、ジシアンジアミド(以下、「DICY」と略記することがある)等が挙げられる。
Among the thermosetting agents (h2), examples of the phenol-based curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenol resins, biphenols, novolac-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenol resins, and aralkyl phenol resins.
Among the thermosetting agents (h2), examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amino group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “DICY”).
 熱硬化剤(h2)は、不飽和炭化水素基を有するものでもよい。
 不飽和炭化水素基を有する熱硬化剤(h2)としては、例えば、フェノール樹脂の水酸基の一部が、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基で置換されてなる化合物、フェノール樹脂の芳香環に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合してなる化合物等が挙げられる。
 熱硬化剤(h2)における前記不飽和炭化水素基は、上述の不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂における不飽和炭化水素基と同様のものである。
The thermosetting agent (h2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
As the thermosetting agent (h2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a compound in which a part of the hydroxyl group of the phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic ring of the phenol resin, Examples thereof include compounds in which a group having a saturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded.
The unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (h2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group described above.
 熱硬化剤(h2)としてフェノール系硬化剤を用いる場合には、保護膜の支持シートからの剥離性が向上する点から、熱硬化剤(h2)は軟化点又はガラス転移温度が高いものが好ましい。 In the case where a phenolic curing agent is used as the thermosetting agent (h2), it is preferable that the thermosetting agent (h2) has a high softening point or glass transition temperature from the viewpoint of improving the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet. .
 熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、例えば、多官能フェノール樹脂、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン系フェノール樹脂、アラルキルフェノール樹脂等の樹脂成分の数平均分子量は、300~30000であることが好ましく、400~10000であることがより好ましく、500~3000であることが特に好ましい。
 熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、例えば、ビフェノール、ジシアンジアミド等の非樹脂成分の分子量は、特に限定されないが、例えば、60~500であることが好ましい。
Of the thermosetting agent (h2), for example, the number average molecular weight of the resin component such as polyfunctional phenolic resin, novolac-type phenolic resin, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resin, aralkylphenolic resin, etc. is preferably 300 to 30000, It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3000.
Among the thermosetting agents (h2), for example, the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
 熱硬化剤(h2)は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよく、2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 A thermosetting agent (h2) may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
 熱硬化性成分(h)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、熱硬化剤(h2)の含有量は、エポキシ樹脂(h1)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましい。 When the thermosetting component (h) is used, in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film, the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) is 100% of the epoxy resin (h1). The amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to parts by mass.
 熱硬化性成分(h)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、熱硬化性成分(h)の含有量(例えば、エポキシ樹脂(h1)及び熱硬化剤(h2)の総含有量)は、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の含有量100質量部に対して、1~500質量部であることが好ましい。 When the thermosetting component (h) is used, the content of the thermosetting component (h) (for example, the epoxy resin (h1) and the heat in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film) The total content of the curing agent (h2) is preferably 1 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group.
[汎用添加剤(z)]
 汎用添加剤(z)は、公知のものでよく、目的に応じて任意に選択でき、特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、例えば、可塑剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、ゲッタリング剤等が挙げられる。
[General-purpose additive (z)]
The general-purpose additive (z) may be a known one, and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferred examples include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, and a gettering agent. Is mentioned.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する汎用添加剤(z)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
 汎用添加剤(z)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムの汎用添加剤(z)の含有量は、特に限定されず、目的に応じて適宜選択すればよい。
The general-purpose additive (z) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two or more kinds, and when there are two or more kinds, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
When the general-purpose additive (z) is used, the content of the general-purpose additive (z) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film is not particularly limited and is appropriately selected according to the purpose. do it.
[溶媒]
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、さらに溶媒を含有することが好ましい。溶媒を含有する保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、取り扱い性が良好となる。
 前記溶媒は特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の炭化水素;メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、イソブチルアルコール(2-メチルプロパン-1-オール)、1-ブタノール等のアルコール;酢酸エチル等のエステル;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン等のケトン;テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル;ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチルピロリドン等のアミド(アミド結合を有する化合物)等が挙げられる。
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[solvent]
The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
The solvent is not particularly limited, but preferred examples include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butanol. Esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amides (compounds having an amide bond) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する溶媒は、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中の含有成分をより均一に混合できる点から、メチルエチルケトン、トルエン又は酢酸エチル等であることが好ましい。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is methyl ethyl ketone, toluene, ethyl acetate, or the like from the viewpoint that the components contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) can be mixed more uniformly. It is preferable.
<<保護膜形成用組成物の製造方法>>
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)等の保護膜形成用組成物は、これを構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
 各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
 溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
 配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
 各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。
<< Method for producing protective film-forming composition >>
The composition for forming a protective film such as the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) can be obtained by blending each component for constituting the composition.
The order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
 後述する本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートと同様に、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの回路面とは反対側の裏面に貼付されるもので、支持シート上に、接着性を示す層を備えた複合シートとしては、ダイシングダイボンディングシートがある。
 しかし、ダイシングダイボンディングシートが備える接着剤層は、半導体チップとともに支持シートからピックアップされた後、この半導体チップを基板、リードフレーム、又は他の半導体チップ等に取り付ける際の接着剤として機能する。一方、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムは、半導体チップとともに支持シートからピックアップされる点では前記接着剤層と同じであるが、最終的には硬化によって保護膜となり、貼付されている半導体チップの裏面を保護するという機能を有する。このように、本発明における保護膜形成用フィルムは、ダイシングダイボンディングシートにおける接着剤層とは、用途が異なり、求められる性能も当然に異なる。そして、この用途の違いを反映して、保護膜形成用フィルムは、通常、ダイシングダイボンディングシートにおける接着剤層と比較すると、硬めの傾向にある。ダイシングダイボンディングシートにおける接着剤層は、そのまま保護膜形成用複合シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムとして転用することは、通常、困難である。
Similar to the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention to be described later, it is affixed to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip opposite to the circuit surface, and is a composite having an adhesive layer on the support sheet. As the sheet, there is a dicing die bonding sheet.
However, the adhesive layer provided in the dicing die bonding sheet functions as an adhesive when the semiconductor chip is picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor chip and then attached to the substrate, the lead frame, or another semiconductor chip. On the other hand, the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention is the same as the adhesive layer in that it is picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor chip, but eventually becomes a protective film by curing, It has a function of protecting the back surface of the semiconductor chip that is affixed. Thus, the protective film-forming film in the present invention has a different use from the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet, and naturally the required performance is also different. And reflecting the difference of this use, the film for protective film formation has the tendency of being harder compared with the adhesive bond layer in a dicing die bonding sheet normally. It is usually difficult to divert the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet as it is as the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet.
◇保護膜形成用フィルムの製造方法
 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、剥離フィルム(好ましくはその剥離処理面)上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで製造できる。
 なお、保護膜形成用フィルムは、例えば、図1に示すように、通常、その両面に剥離フィルムが貼り合わされた状態で保管される。そのためには、上記のように剥離フィルム上に形成した保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面(剥離フィルムを備えている側とは反対側の面)に、さらに剥離フィルム(好ましくはその剥離処理面)を貼り合わせればよい。
◇ Method for producing protective film-forming film The protective film-forming film of the present invention is obtained by coating a protective film-forming composition on a release film (preferably its release-treated surface) and drying it as necessary. Can be manufactured.
In addition, as shown in FIG. 1, the film for protective film formation is normally stored in the state by which the peeling film was bonded together on both surfaces, for example. For that purpose, a release film (preferably its release-treated surface) is further formed on the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film formed on the release film as described above (the surface opposite to the side provided with the release film). Can be pasted together.
◇保護膜形成用フィルムの使用方法
 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、上述のように、支持シートに設けることで、保護膜形成用複合シートを構成できる。保護膜形成用複合シートは、その保護膜形成用フィルムにより、半導体ウエハの裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)に貼付されて、使用される。以降は、後述する保護膜形成用複合シートの場合と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化による保護膜の形成、ダイシング、保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ等を行い、目的とする半導体装置を製造すればよい。
◇ Method of using protective film-forming film The protective film-forming film of the present invention can constitute a protective film-forming composite sheet by providing it on a support sheet as described above. The protective film-forming composite sheet is used by being attached to the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer by the protective film-forming film. Thereafter, in the same manner as the protective film forming composite sheet described later, the protective film is formed by curing the protective film forming film, dicing, picking up the semiconductor chip with the protective film, etc. What is necessary is just to manufacture.
 一方、本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、支持シートではなく、半導体ウエハの裏面に先に設けてもよい。すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムを半導体ウエハの裏面に貼付する。次いで、保護膜形成用フィルムにエネルギー線を照射して、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜とする。次いで、この保護膜の露出面(半導体ウエハに貼付している側とは反対側の面)に、支持シートを貼り合わせることで、保護膜形成用フィルムが保護膜となった状態の保護膜形成用複合シートとする。以降は、上記と同様に、ダイシング、保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ等を行い、目的とする半導体装置を製造すればよい。 On the other hand, the protective film-forming film of the present invention may be provided first on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer instead of the support sheet. That is, the protective film-forming film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer. Next, the protective film-forming film is irradiated with energy rays, and the protective film-forming film is cured to form a protective film. Next, a protective film is formed in a state in which the protective film-forming film becomes a protective film by attaching a support sheet to the exposed surface of this protective film (the surface opposite to the side attached to the semiconductor wafer) Composite sheet. Thereafter, in the same manner as described above, dicing, picking up a semiconductor chip with a protective film, and the like may be performed to manufacture a target semiconductor device.
 なお、ここでは、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜としてから、この保護膜を支持シートと貼り合わせる場合について説明したが、本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムを使用する場合、これらの工程を行う順序は、逆であってもよい。すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムを半導体ウエハの裏面に貼付した後、保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面(半導体ウエハに貼付している側とは反対側の面)に、支持シートを貼り合わせることで、保護膜形成用フィルムが未硬化の状態の保護膜形成用複合シートとする。次いで、保護膜形成用フィルムにエネルギー線を照射して、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜とする。以降は、上記と同様に、ダイシング、保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ等を行い、目的とする半導体装置を製造すればよい。 Here, the case where the protective film-forming film is cured to form a protective film and then this protective film is bonded to the support sheet has been described, but when the protective film-forming film of the present invention is used, these steps are performed. The order of performing may be reversed. That is, after affixing the protective film-forming film to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, the support sheet is adhered to the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film (the side opposite to the side that is affixed to the semiconductor wafer). The protective film-forming film is an uncured protective film-forming composite sheet. Next, the protective film-forming film is irradiated with energy rays, and the protective film-forming film is cured to form a protective film. Thereafter, in the same manner as described above, dicing, picking up a semiconductor chip with a protective film, and the like may be performed to manufacture a target semiconductor device.
◇保護膜形成用複合シート
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、支持シートを備え、前記保護膜形成用フィルムを前記支持シート上に備えてなる。
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、ダイシングシートとしての機能が予め付与されたものである。
◇ Composite sheet for protective film formation The composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention includes a support sheet, and the protective film-forming film is provided on the support sheet.
The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is provided with a function as a dicing sheet in advance.
 前記保護膜形成用複合シートは、前記保護膜形成用フィルムを備えていることで、保護膜形成用フィルムの分割面における硬化が不十分となることに起因する不具合の発生を抑制でき、さらに、保護膜形成用フィルムを介して又は保護膜を介しての半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの赤外線検査を容易とする。 The protective sheet-forming composite sheet is provided with the protective film-forming film, so that it is possible to suppress the occurrence of defects due to insufficient curing on the dividing surface of the protective film-forming film, Infrared inspection of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip through the protective film forming film or through the protective film is facilitated.
 本発明においては、保護膜形成用フィルムが硬化した後であっても、支持シート及び保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化物(換言すると、支持シート及び保護膜)の積層構造が維持されている限り、この積層構造体を「保護膜形成用複合シート」と称する。 In the present invention, even after the protective film forming film is cured, as long as the laminated structure of the support sheet and the cured film of the protective film forming film (in other words, the support sheet and the protective film) is maintained, This laminated structure is referred to as a “composite sheet for forming a protective film”.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの使用対象である半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの厚さは、特に限定されないが、本発明の効果がより顕著に得られることから、30~1000μmであることが好ましく、100~300μmであることがより好ましい。
 以下、保護膜形成用複合シートの構成について、詳細に説明する。
The thickness of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip that is the target of use of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 1000 μm because the effects of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably. 100 to 300 μm is more preferable.
Hereinafter, the structure of the composite sheet for protective film formation is demonstrated in detail.
◎支持シート
 前記支持シートは、1層(単層)からなるものでもよいし、2層以上の複数層からなるものでもよい。支持シートが複数層からなる場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、特に限定されない。
Support sheet The support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When a support sheet consists of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
 好ましい支持シートとしては、例えば、基材上に粘着剤層が直接接触して積層されてなるもの、基材上に中間層を介して粘着剤層が積層されてなるもの、基材のみからなるもの等が挙げられる。
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの例を、このような支持シートの種類ごとに、以下、図面を参照しながら説明する。
Preferred support sheets include, for example, those in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is directly contacted and laminated on the substrate, those in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate via an intermediate layer, and only the substrate. And the like.
Examples of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings for each kind of the support sheet.
 図2は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。
 なお、図2以降の図において、既に説明済みの図に示すものと同じ構成要素には、その説明済みの図の場合と同じ符号を付し、その詳細な説明は省略する。
FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
In FIG. 2 and subsequent figures, the same components as those shown in the already explained figures are given the same reference numerals as those in the already explained figures, and their detailed explanations are omitted.
 ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、基材11上に粘着剤層12を備え、粘着剤層12上に保護膜形成用フィルム13を備えている。支持シート10は、基材11及び粘着剤層12の積層体であり、保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、換言すると、支持シート10の一方の表面10a上に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層された構成を有する。また、保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、さらに保護膜形成用フィルム13上に剥離フィルム15を備えている。 The protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A shown here includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on a substrate 11, and a protective film-forming film 13 on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. In other words, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A has a protective film-forming film 13 laminated on one surface 10 a of the support sheet 10. Have a configuration. The protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A further includes a release film 15 on the protective film-forming film 13.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1Aにおいては、基材11の一方の表面11aに粘着剤層12が積層され、粘着剤層12の一方の表面12aの全面に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の一方の表面13aの一部、すなわち、周縁部近傍の領域に治具用接着剤層16が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aのうち、治具用接着剤層16が積層されていない面と、治具用接着剤層16の表面16a(上面及び側面)に、剥離フィルム15が積層されている。 In the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1A, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the base material 11, and the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface of the one surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. A jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on a part of one surface 13 a of the film forming film 13, that is, in a region near the peripheral edge, and the jig adhesive among the surfaces 13 a of the protective film forming film 13. A release film 15 is laminated on the surface where the layer 16 is not laminated and on the surface 16 a (upper surface and side surface) of the jig adhesive layer 16.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1Aにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルム13は、前記条件(1)及び(2)をともに満たす。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A, the protective film-forming film 13 satisfies both the conditions (1) and (2).
 治具用接着剤層16は、例えば、接着剤成分を含有する単層構造のものであってもよいし、芯材となるシートの両面に接着剤成分を含有する層が積層された複数層構造のものであってもよい。 The adhesive layer 16 for jigs may have, for example, a single-layer structure containing an adhesive component, or a plurality of layers in which layers containing an adhesive component are laminated on both surfaces of a core sheet. It may be of a structure.
 図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aに半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付され、さらに、治具用接着剤層16の表面16aのうち上面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 The composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 has a back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) attached to the front surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed. The upper surface of the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
 図3は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。
 ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bは、治具用接着剤層16を備えていない点以外は、図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Bにおいては、基材11の一方の表面11aに粘着剤層12が積層され、粘着剤層12の表面12aの全面に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aの全面に剥離フィルム15が積層されている。
FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
The composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 except that the adhesive sheet 16 for jig is not provided. That is, in the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1B, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the base material 11, and the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. A release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface 13 a of the film forming film 13.
 図3に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bは、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aのうち、中央側の一部の領域に半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付され、さらに、周縁部近傍の領域が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 The protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 3 has a semiconductor wafer (not shown) in a partial region on the center side of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed. The back surface is affixed, and the region near the peripheral edge is affixed to a jig such as a ring frame and used.
 図4は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。
 ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Cは、粘着剤層12を備えていない点以外は、図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Cにおいては、支持シート10が基材11のみからなる。そして、基材11の一方の表面11a(支持シート10の一方の表面10a)に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aの一部、すなわち、周縁部近傍の領域に治具用接着剤層16が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aのうち、治具用接着剤層16が積層されていない領域と、治具用接着剤層16の表面16a(上面及び側面)に、剥離フィルム15が積層されている。
FIG. 4 is a sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
The protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> C shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A shown in FIG. 2, except that the adhesive layer 12 is not provided. That is, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> C, the support sheet 10 is made of only the base material 11. Then, the protective film forming film 13 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11 (one surface 10a of the support sheet 10), and a part of the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, that is, in the vicinity of the peripheral portion. The jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated in the region, and among the surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13, the region where the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated and the surface 16 a of the jig adhesive layer 16. A release film 15 is laminated on the upper surface and the side surface.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1Cにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルム13は、前記条件(1)及び(2)をともに満たす。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1C, the protective film-forming film 13 satisfies both of the conditions (1) and (2).
 図4に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Cは、図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aと同様に、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aに半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付され、さらに、治具用接着剤層16の表面16aのうち上面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 As in the protective film forming composite sheet 1A shown in FIG. 2, the protective film forming composite sheet 1C is formed on the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed. The back surface of (not shown) is attached, and the upper surface of the surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
 図5は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。
 ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Dは、治具用接着剤層16を備えていない点以外は、図4に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Cと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Dにおいては、基材11の一方の表面11aに保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aの全面に剥離フィルム15が積層されている。
FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
The protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1D shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1C shown in FIG. 4 except that it does not include the jig adhesive layer 16. That is, in the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1D, the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13. Yes.
 図5に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Dは、図3に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bと同様に、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aのうち、中央側の一部の領域に半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付され、さらに、周縁部近傍の領域が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 The protective film-forming composite sheet 1D shown in FIG. 5 is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 3, with the release film 15 being removed, of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13, The back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is affixed to a partial area on the center side, and the area near the peripheral edge is affixed to a jig such as a ring frame for use.
 図6は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。
 ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、保護膜形成用フィルムの形状が異なる点以外は、図3に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、基材11上に粘着剤層12を備え、粘着剤層12上に保護膜形成用フィルム23を備えてなる。支持シート10は、基材11及び粘着剤層12の積層体であり、保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、換言すると、支持シート10の一方の表面10a上に保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層された構成を有する。また、保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、さらに保護膜形成用フィルム23上に剥離フィルム15を備えている。
FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention.
The protective film-forming composite sheet 1E shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 3 except that the shape of the protective film-forming film is different. That is, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> E includes the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 23 on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and in other words, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E is formed by laminating the protective film-forming film 23 on one surface 10a of the support sheet 10. Have a configuration. The protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> E further includes a release film 15 on the protective film-forming film 23.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1Eにおいては、基材11の一方の表面11aに粘着剤層12が積層され、粘着剤層12の表面12aの一部、すなわち、中央側の領域に保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層されている。そして、粘着剤層12の表面12aのうち、保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層されていない領域と、保護膜形成用フィルム23の表面23a(上面及び側面)の上に、剥離フィルム15が積層されている。 In the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1E, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and a part of the surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, that is, a protective film-forming film is formed in the central region. 23 are stacked. And the peeling film 15 is laminated | stacked on the area | region where the film 23 for protective film formation is not laminated | stacked among the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, and the surface 23a (upper surface and side surface) of the film 23 for protective film formation. ing.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1Eを上方から見下ろして平面視したときに、保護膜形成用フィルム23は粘着剤層12よりも表面積が小さく、例えば、円形状等の形状を有する。 When the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E is viewed from above and viewed in plan, the protective film-forming film 23 has a smaller surface area than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and has a circular shape or the like, for example.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1Eにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルム23は、前記条件(1)及び(2)をともに満たす。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E, the protective film-forming film 23 satisfies both the conditions (1) and (2).
 図6に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム23の表面23aに半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付され、さらに、粘着剤層12の表面12aのうち、保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層されていない領域が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E shown in FIG. 6, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is pasted on the front surface 23a of the protective film-forming film 23 with the release film 15 removed. The area | region where the film 23 for protective film formation is not laminated | stacked among the surface 12a of 12 is stuck and used for jig | tools, such as a ring frame.
 なお、図6に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Eにおいては、粘着剤層12の表面12aのうち、保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層されていない領域に、図2及び4に示すものと同様に治具用接着剤層が積層されていてもよい(図示略)。このような治具用接着剤層を備えた保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、図2及び4に示す保護膜形成用複合シートと同様に、治具用接着剤層の表面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E shown in FIG. 6, the surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is formed in the region where the protective film-forming film 23 is not laminated in the same manner as that shown in FIGS. An adhesive layer for jigs may be laminated (not shown). The protective film-forming composite sheet 1E provided with such a jig adhesive layer has a jig frame whose surface has a ring frame or the like, similar to the protective film-forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. Affixed to the jig and used.
 このように、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、支持シート及び保護膜形成用フィルムがどのような形態であっても、治具用接着剤層を備えたものであってもよい。ただし、通常は、図2及び4に示すように、治具用接着剤層を備えた本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートとしては、保護膜形成用フィルム上に治具用接着剤層を備えたものが好ましい。 Thus, the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention may have any form of the support sheet and the protective film-forming film, or may be provided with an adhesive layer for jigs. However, usually, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 4, the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention having a jig adhesive layer is provided with a jig adhesive layer on the protective film-forming film. Are preferred.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、図2~6に示すものに限定されず、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、図2~6に示すものの一部の構成が変更又は削除されたものや、これまでに説明したものにさらに他の構成が追加されたものであってもよい。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not limited to the one shown in FIGS. 2 to 6, and a part of the structure shown in FIGS. 2 to 6 is changed or deleted within a range not impairing the effect of the present invention. In addition, another configuration may be added to what has been described so far.
 例えば、図4及び5に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、基材11と保護膜形成用フィルム13との間に、中間層が設けられていてもよい。中間層としては、目的に応じて任意のものを選択できる。
 また、図2、3及び6に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、基材11と粘着剤層12との間に中間層が設けられていてもよい。すなわち、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて、支持シートは、基材、中間層及び粘着剤層がこの順に積層されてなるものでもよい。ここで中間層とは、図4及び5に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて設けられていてもよい中間層と同じものである。
 また、図2~6に示す保護膜形成用複合シートは、前記中間層以外の層が、任意の箇所に設けられていてもよい。
 また、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、剥離フィルムと、この剥離フィルムと直接接触している層との間に、一部隙間が生じていてもよい。
 また、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、各層の大きさや形状は、目的に応じて任意に調節できる。
For example, in the protective film-forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 13. Any intermediate layer can be selected according to the purpose.
In the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 2, 3 and 6, an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. That is, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the support sheet may be formed by laminating a base material, an intermediate layer, and an adhesive layer in this order. Here, the intermediate layer is the same as the intermediate layer that may be provided in the protective film-forming composite sheet shown in FIGS.
In the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 2 to 6, a layer other than the intermediate layer may be provided at an arbitrary position.
In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, a gap may be partially formed between the release film and the layer that is in direct contact with the release film.
In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the size and shape of each layer can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、後述するように、粘着剤層等の、支持シートの保護膜形成用フィルムと直接接触している層が、非エネルギー線硬化性であることが好ましい。このような保護膜形成用複合シートは、保護膜付き半導体チップの、より容易なピックアップを可能とする。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, as described later, a layer such as an adhesive layer that is in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet is preferably non-energy ray curable. . Such a composite sheet for forming a protective film enables easier pickup of a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
 支持シートは、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよい。
 なかでも、保護膜形成用フィルムがエネルギー線硬化性を有する本発明においては、支持シートはエネルギー線を透過させるものが好ましい。
The support sheet may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose.
Among them, in the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the support sheet is preferably capable of transmitting energy rays.
 例えば、支持シートにおいて、波長375nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルムにエネルギー線(紫外線)を照射しときに、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化度がより向上する。
 一方、支持シートにおいて、波長375nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されない。例えば、前記光の透過率は95%以下であってもよい。
For example, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is within such a range, when the protective film-forming film is irradiated with energy rays (ultraviolet rays) via the support sheet, the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film is further improved.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
 また、支持シートにおいて、波長532nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜にレーザー光を照射して、これらに印字したときに、より明りょうに印字できる。
 一方、支持シートにおいて、波長532nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されない。例えば、前記光の透過率は95%以下であってもよい。
In the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is within such a range, when the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet and printed on these, printing can be performed more clearly.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
 また、支持シートにおいて、波長1064nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜にレーザー光を照射して、これらに印字したときに、より明りょうに印字できる。
 一方、支持シートにおいて、波長1064nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されない。例えば、前記光の透過率は95%以下であってもよい。
 次に、支持シートを構成する各層について、さらに詳細に説明する。
Further, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is within such a range, when the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet and printed on these, printing can be performed more clearly.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
Next, each layer which comprises a support sheet is demonstrated in detail.
○基材
 前記基材は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、その構成材料としては、例えば、各種樹脂が挙げられる。
 前記樹脂としては、例えば、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、直鎖低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)、高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)等のポリエチレン;ポリプロピレン、ポリブテン、ポリブタジエン、ポリメチルペンテン、ノルボルネン樹脂等のポリエチレン以外のポリオレフィン;エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体、エチレン-ノルボルネン共重合体等のエチレン系共重合体(モノマーとしてエチレンを用いて得られた共重合体);ポリ塩化ビニル、塩化ビニル共重合体等の塩化ビニル系樹脂(モノマーとして塩化ビニルを用いて得られた樹脂);ポリスチレン;ポリシクロオレフィン;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンイソフタレート、ポリエチレン-2,6-ナフタレンジカルボキシレート、すべての構成単位が芳香族環式基を有する全芳香族ポリエステル等のポリエステル;2種以上の前記ポリエステルの共重合体;ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;ポリウレタン;ポリウレタンアクリレート;ポリイミド;ポリアミド;ポリカーボネート;フッ素樹脂;ポリアセタール;変性ポリフェニレンオキシド;ポリフェニレンスルフィド;ポリスルホン;ポリエーテルケトン等が挙げられる。
 また、前記樹脂としては、例えば、前記ポリエステルとそれ以外の樹脂との混合物等のポリマーアロイも挙げられる。前記ポリエステルとそれ以外の樹脂とのポリマーアロイは、ポリエステル以外の樹脂の量が比較的少量であるものが好ましい。
 また、前記樹脂としては、例えば、ここまでに例示した前記樹脂の1種又は2種以上が架橋した架橋樹脂;ここまでに例示した前記樹脂の1種又は2種以上を用いたアイオノマー等の変性樹脂も挙げられる。
-Base material The base material is in the form of a sheet or film, and examples of the constituent material include various resins.
Examples of the resin include polyethylenes such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE); other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin. Polyolefins; ethylene-based copolymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, ethylene-norbornene copolymer (ethylene as a monomer) A copolymer obtained by using a vinyl chloride resin such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymer (a resin obtained by using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene Naphtha Polyesters such as polyesters, polybutylene terephthalates, polyethylene isophthalates, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylates, wholly aromatic polyesters in which all the structural units have an aromatic cyclic group; Poly (meth) acrylic acid ester; Polyurethane; Polyurethane acrylate; Polyimide; Polyamide; Polycarbonate; Fluororesin; Polyacetal; Modified polyphenylene oxide; Polyphenylene sulfide; Polysulfone;
Moreover, as said resin, polymer alloys, such as a mixture of the said polyester and other resin, are mentioned, for example. The polymer alloy of the polyester and the other resin is preferably one in which the amount of the resin other than the polyester is relatively small.
Examples of the resin include a crosslinked resin in which one or more of the resins exemplified so far are crosslinked; modification of an ionomer or the like using one or more of the resins exemplified so far. Resins can also be mentioned.
 なお、本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル酸」とは、「アクリル酸」及び「メタクリル酸」の両方を包含する概念とする。(メタ)アクリル酸と類似の用語についても同様である。 In the present specification, “(meth) acrylic acid” is a concept including both “acrylic acid” and “methacrylic acid”. The same applies to terms similar to (meth) acrylic acid.
 基材を構成する樹脂は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The resin constituting the substrate may be only one kind, or two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 基材は1層(単層)からなるものでもよいし、2層以上の複数層からなるものでもよく、複数層からなる場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。 The substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When the substrate is composed of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination of layers is not particularly limited.
 基材の厚さは、50~300μmであることが好ましく、60~100μmであることがより好ましい。基材の厚さがこのような範囲であることで、前記保護膜形成用複合シートの可撓性と、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップへの貼付性がより向上する。
 ここで、「基材の厚さ」とは、基材全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる基材の厚さとは、基材を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。
The thickness of the substrate is preferably 50 to 300 μm, more preferably 60 to 100 μm. When the thickness of the substrate is within such a range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming a protective film and the adhesiveness to a semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip are further improved.
Here, “the thickness of the substrate” means the thickness of the entire substrate. For example, the thickness of the substrate composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate. means.
 基材は、厚さの精度が高いもの、すなわち、部位によらず厚さのばらつきが抑制されたものが好ましい。上述の構成材料のうち、このような厚さの精度が高い基材を構成するのに使用可能な材料としては、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリエチレン以外のポリオレフィン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体等が挙げられる。 The base material is preferably one having high thickness accuracy, that is, one in which variation in thickness is suppressed regardless of the part. Among the above-mentioned constituent materials, examples of materials that can be used to construct such a substrate with high thickness accuracy include polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, and the like. Is mentioned.
 基材は、前記樹脂等の主たる構成材料以外に、充填材、着色剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、有機滑剤、触媒、軟化剤(可塑剤)等の公知の各種添加剤を含有していてもよい。 The base material contains various known additives such as a filler, a colorant, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, an organic lubricant, a catalyst, and a softener (plasticizer) in addition to the main constituent material such as the resin. May be.
 基材の光学特性は、先に説明した支持シートの光学特性を満たすようになっていればよい。すなわち、基材は、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよいし、他の層が蒸着されていてもよい。
 そして、保護膜形成用フィルムがエネルギー線硬化性を有する本発明においては、基材はエネルギー線を透過させるものが好ましい。
The optical characteristics of the base material only need to satisfy the optical characteristics of the support sheet described above. That is, the substrate may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
And in this invention in which the film for protective film formation has energy-beam sclerosis | hardenability, what a base material permeate | transmits an energy beam is preferable.
 基材は、その上に設けられる粘着剤層等の他の層との密着性を向上させるために、サンドブラスト処理、溶剤処理等による凹凸化処理や、コロナ放電処理、電子線照射処理、プラズマ処理、オゾン・紫外線照射処理、火炎処理、クロム酸処理、熱風処理等の酸化処理等が表面に施されたものであってもよい。
 また、基材は、表面がプライマー処理を施されたものであってもよい。
 また、基材は、帯電防止コート層、保護膜形成用複合シートを重ね合わせて保存する際に、基材が他のシートに接着することや、基材が吸着テーブルに接着することを防止する層等を有するものであってもよい。
 これらの中でも基材は、ダイシング時のブレードの摩擦による基材の断片の発生が抑制される点から、特に表面が電子線照射処理を施されたものが好ましい。
In order to improve the adhesion with other layers such as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on the substrate, the substrate is subjected to a roughening treatment such as sandblast treatment, solvent treatment, corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment. The surface may be subjected to oxidation treatment such as ozone / ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment.
The base material may have a surface subjected to primer treatment.
In addition, the base material prevents the base material from adhering to other sheets or the base material from adhering to the adsorption table when the antistatic coating layer and the protective film-forming composite sheet are stored in an overlapping manner. It may have a layer or the like.
Among these, the substrate preferably has a surface subjected to electron beam irradiation treatment from the viewpoint that generation of fragments of the substrate due to blade friction during dicing is suppressed.
 基材は、公知の方法で製造できる。例えば、樹脂を含有する基材は、前記樹脂を含有する樹脂組成物を成形することで製造できる。 The base material can be manufactured by a known method. For example, a base material containing a resin can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the resin.
○粘着剤層
 前記粘着剤層は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、粘着剤を含有する。
 前記粘着剤としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリカーボネート、エステル系樹脂等の粘着性樹脂が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂が好ましい。
-Adhesive layer The said adhesive layer is a sheet form or a film form, and contains an adhesive.
Examples of the adhesive include adhesive resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, ester resins, and acrylic resins are preferable. .
 なお、本発明において、「粘着性樹脂」とは、粘着性を有する樹脂と、接着性を有する樹脂と、の両方を含む概念であり、例えば、樹脂自体が粘着性を有するものだけでなく、添加剤等の他の成分との併用により粘着性を示す樹脂や、熱又は水等のトリガーの存在によって接着性を示す樹脂等も含む。 In the present invention, the “adhesive resin” is a concept including both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin. For example, the resin itself has an adhesive property, Also included are resins that exhibit tackiness when used in combination with other components such as additives, and resins that exhibit adhesiveness due to the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.
 粘着剤層は1層(単層)からなるものでもよいし、2層以上の複数層からなるものでもよく、複数層からなる場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer), may be composed of two or more layers, and when composed of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination of the multiple layers is not particularly limited.
 粘着剤層の厚さは1~100μmであることが好ましく、1~60μmであることがより好ましく、1~30μmであることが特に好ましい。
 ここで、「粘着剤層の厚さ」とは、粘着剤層全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる粘着剤層の厚さとは、粘着剤層を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。
The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 1 to 60 μm, and particularly preferably 1 to 30 μm.
Here, the “thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer” means the thickness of the whole pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. For example, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers is the total of all layers constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Means the thickness.
 粘着剤層の光学特性は、先に説明した支持シートの光学特性を満たすようになっていればよい。すなわち、粘着剤層は、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよい。
 そして、保護膜形成用フィルムがエネルギー線硬化性を有する本発明においては、粘着剤層はエネルギー線を透過させるものが好ましい。
The optical properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer only need to satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose.
In the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably capable of transmitting energy rays.
 粘着剤層は、エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を用いて形成されたものでもよいし、非エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を用いて形成されたものでもよい。エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤を用いて形成された粘着剤層は、硬化前及び硬化後での物性を、容易に調節できる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing.
<<粘着剤組成物>>
 粘着剤層は、粘着剤を含有する粘着剤組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、粘着剤層の形成対象面に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に粘着剤層を形成できる。粘着剤層のより具体的な形成方法は、他の層の形成方法とともに、後ほど詳細に説明する。粘着剤組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、粘着剤層の前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。ここで、「常温」とは、先に説明したとおりである。
<< Adhesive composition >>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive. For example, an adhesive layer can be formed in the target site | part by applying an adhesive composition to the formation object surface of an adhesive layer, and making it dry as needed. A more specific method for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer will be described later in detail, along with methods for forming other layers. The ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Here, “normal temperature” is as described above.
 粘着剤組成物の塗工は、公知の方法で行えばよく、例えば、エアーナイフコーター、ブレードコーター、バーコーター、グラビアコーター、ロールコーター、ロールナイフコーター、カーテンコーター、ダイコーター、ナイフコーター、スクリーンコーター、マイヤーバーコーター、キスコーター等の各種コーターを用いる方法が挙げられる。 The adhesive composition may be applied by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater. And a method using various coaters such as a Meyer bar coater and a kiss coater.
 粘着剤組成物の乾燥条件は、特に限定されないが、粘着剤組成物は、後述する溶媒を含有している場合、加熱乾燥させることが好ましい。溶媒を含有する粘着剤組成物は、例えば、70~130℃で10秒~5分の条件で乾燥させることが好ましい。 Although the drying conditions of an adhesive composition are not specifically limited, When the adhesive composition contains the solvent mentioned later, it is preferable to heat-dry. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the solvent is preferably dried, for example, at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
 粘着剤層がエネルギー線硬化性である場合、エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を含有する粘着剤組成物、すなわち、エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物としては、例えば、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)(以下、「粘着性樹脂(I-1a)」と略記することがある)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-1);非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の側鎖に不飽和基が導入されたエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)(以下、「粘着性樹脂(I-2a)」と略記することがある)を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-2);前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-3)等が挙げられる。 When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is energy ray-curable, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, that is, the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, for example, non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “adhesive resin (I-1a)”) and an energy ray-curable compound; Energy-ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the linear-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter referred to as “adhesive resin (I-2a)”) A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray curable compound, etc. Is mentioned.
<粘着剤組成物(I-1)>
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。
<Adhesive composition (I-1)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
[粘着性樹脂(I-1a)]
 前記粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、アクリル系樹脂であることが好ましい。
 前記アクリル系樹脂としては、例えば、少なくとも(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を有するアクリル系重合体が挙げられる。
 前記アクリル系樹脂が有する構成単位は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
The adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
As said acrylic resin, the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
The acrylic resin may have only one type of structural unit, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、例えば、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基の炭素数が1~20であるのものが挙げられ、前記アルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であることが好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとして、より具体的には、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリル)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ノナデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イコシル等が挙げられる。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include those in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is linear or branched. Is preferred.
More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, (meth) acrylic acid isooctyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-octyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-nonyl, (meth) acrylic acid isononyl, (meth) acrylic acid decyl, (meta) ) Undecyl acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate), ( T) Decyl acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, Examples thereof include octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate), nonadecyl (meth) acrylate, icosyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
 粘着剤層の粘着力が向上する点から、前記アクリル系重合体は、前記アルキル基の炭素数が4以上である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を有することが好ましい。そして、粘着剤層の粘着力がより向上する点から、前記アルキル基の炭素数は、4~12であることが好ましく、4~8であることがより好ましい。また、前記アルキル基の炭素数が4以上である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルは、アクリル酸アルキルエステルであることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving the adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which the alkyl group has 4 or more carbon atoms. In view of further improving the adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the alkyl group preferably has 4 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms. In addition, the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having 4 or more carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably an acrylic acid alkyl ester.
 前記アクリル系重合体は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 前記官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、前記官能基が後述する架橋剤と反応することで架橋の起点となったり、前記官能基が後述する不飽和基含有化合物中の不飽和基と反応することで、アクリル系重合体の側鎖に不飽和基の導入を可能とするものが挙げられる。
The acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate.
As the functional group-containing monomer, for example, the functional group reacts with a cross-linking agent described later to become a starting point of cross-linking, or the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in the unsaturated group-containing compound described later. And those that allow introduction of an unsaturated group into the side chain of the acrylic polymer.
 官能基含有モノマー中の前記官能基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基等が挙げられる。
 すなわち、官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。
Examples of the functional group in the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and an epoxy group.
That is, examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
 前記水酸基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル;ビニルアルコール、アリルアルコール等の非(メタ)アクリル系不飽和アルコール((メタ)アクリロイル骨格を有しない不飽和アルコール)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic non-methacrylates such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol Saturated alcohol (unsaturated alcohol which does not have a (meth) acryloyl skeleton) etc. are mentioned.
 前記カルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸等のエチレン性不飽和モノカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノカルボン酸);フマル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、シトラコン酸等のエチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するジカルボン酸);前記エチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸の無水物;2-カルボキシエチルメタクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸カルボキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citracone Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. It is done.
 官能基含有モノマーは、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマーが好ましく、水酸基含有モノマーがより好ましい。 The functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
 前記アクリル系重合体を構成する官能基含有モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The functional group-containing monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記アクリル系重合体において、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有量は、構成単位の全量に対して、1~35質量%であることが好ましく、2~32質量%であることがより好ましく、3~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the acrylic polymer, the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 2 to 32% by mass with respect to the total amount of the structural unit. It is particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass.
 前記アクリル系重合体は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位、及び官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、他のモノマー由来の構成単位を有していてもよい。
 前記他のモノマーは、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等と共重合可能なものであれば特に限定されない。
 前記他のモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、ギ酸ビニル、酢酸ビニル、アクリロニトリル、アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。
In addition to the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer, the acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer.
The other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester or the like.
Examples of the other monomer include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide and the like.
 前記アクリル系重合体を構成する前記他のモノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The other monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記アクリル系重合体は、上述の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として使用できる。
 一方、前記アクリル系重合体中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基(エネルギー線重合性基)を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させたものは、上述のエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)として使用できる。
The acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a).
On the other hand, the functional group in the acrylic polymer is reacted with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group (energy ray-polymerizable group). It can be used as the resin (I-2a).
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量は、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、15~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
[エネルギー線硬化性化合物]
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー又はオリゴマーが挙げられる。
 エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、モノマーとしては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-へキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート等の多価(メタ)アクリレート;ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエーテル(メタ)アクリレート;エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、オリゴマーとしては、例えば、上記で例示したモノマーが重合してなるオリゴマー等が挙げられる。
 エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、分子量が比較的大きく、粘着剤層の貯蔵弾性率を低下させにくいという点では、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマーが好ましい。
[Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays.
Among the energy ray curable compounds, examples of the monomer include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and 1,4. Polybutyl (meth) acrylates such as butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; epoxy ( And (meth) acrylate.
Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of the oligomer include an oligomer formed by polymerizing the monomers exemplified above.
The energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer from the viewpoint that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is hardly lowered.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量は、1~95質量%であることが好ましく、5~90質量%であることがより好ましく、10~85質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass, more preferably 5 to 90% by mass, and 10 to 85% by mass. % Is particularly preferred.
[架橋剤]
 粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。
[Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
 前記架橋剤は、例えば、前記官能基と反応して、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)同士を架橋するものである。
 架橋剤としては、例えば、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、これらジイソシアネートのアダクト体等のイソシアネート系架橋剤(イソシアネート基を有する架橋剤);エチレングリコールグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ系架橋剤(グリシジル基を有する架橋剤);ヘキサ[1-(2-メチル)-アジリジニル]トリフオスファトリアジン等のアジリジン系架橋剤(アジリジニル基を有する架橋剤);アルミニウムキレート等の金属キレート系架橋剤(金属キレート構造を有する架橋剤);イソシアヌレート系架橋剤(イソシアヌル酸骨格を有する架橋剤)等が挙げられる。
 粘着剤の凝集力を向上させて粘着剤層の粘着力を向上させる点、及び入手が容易である等の点から、架橋剤はイソシアネート系架橋剤であることが好ましい。
For example, the cross-linking agent reacts with the functional group to cross-link the adhesive resins (I-1a).
As a crosslinking agent, for example, tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, isocyanate-based cross-linking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (cross-linking agents having an isocyanate group); epoxy-based cross-linking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether ( Cross-linking agent having a glycidyl group); Aziridine-based cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent having an aziridinyl group) such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] triphosphatriazine; Metal chelate-based cross-linking agent such as aluminum chelate (metal) Cross-linking agent having a chelate structure); isocyanurate-based cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent having an isocyanuric acid skeleton) and the like.
The crosslinking agent is preferably an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent from the viewpoints of improving the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and improving the pressure-sensitive adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and being easily available.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.3~15質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
[光重合開始剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。
[Photopolymerization initiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with a curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
 前記光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾイン安息香酸、ベンゾイン安息香酸メチル、ベンゾインジメチルケタール等のベンゾイン化合物;アセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン等のアセトフェノン化合物;ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド等のアシルフォスフィンオキサイド化合物;ベンジルフェニルスルフィド、テトラメチルチウラムモノスルフィド等のスルフィド化合物;1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン等のα-ケトール化合物;アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等のアゾ化合物;チタノセン等のチタノセン化合物;チオキサントン等のチオキサントン化合物;パーオキサイド化合物;ジアセチル等のジケトン化合物;ベンジル;ジベンジル;ベンゾフェノン;2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン;1,2-ジフェニルメタン;2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-[4-(1-メチルビニル)フェニル]プロパノン;2-クロロアントラキノン等が挙げられる。
 また、前記光重合開始剤としては、例えば、1-クロロアントラキノン等のキノン化合物;アミン等の光増感剤等を用いることもできる。
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy Acetophenone compounds such as -2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; Sulfidation of benzylphenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide, etc. Α-ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; Benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone; 2-chloroanthraquinone and the like.
As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; a photosensitizer such as amine can be used.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable compound. The amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
[その他の添加剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
 前記その他の添加剤としては、例えば、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、軟化剤(可塑剤)、充填材(フィラー)、防錆剤、着色剤(顔料、染料)、増感剤、粘着付与剤、反応遅延剤、架橋促進剤(触媒)等の公知の添加剤が挙げられる。
 なお、反応遅延剤とは、例えば、粘着剤組成物(I-1)中に混入している触媒の作用によって、保存中の粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、目的としない架橋反応が進行するのを抑制するものである。反応遅延剤としては、例えば、触媒に対するキレートによってキレート錯体を形成するものが挙げられ、より具体的には、1分子中にカルボニル基(-C(=O)-)を2個以上有するものが挙げられる。
[Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, and tackifiers. And known additives such as reaction retarders and crosslinking accelerators (catalysts).
Incidentally, the reaction retarding agent means, for example, an undesired crosslinking reaction in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) during storage by the action of the catalyst mixed in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It suppresses progress. Examples of the reaction retarder include those that form a chelate complex by chelation against a catalyst, and more specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (—C (═O) —) in one molecule. Can be mentioned.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、溶媒を含有していてもよい。粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、溶媒を含有していることで、塗工対象面への塗工適性が向上する。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent. Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, the suitability for coating on the surface to be coated is improved.
 前記溶媒は有機溶媒であることが好ましく、前記有機溶媒としては、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、アセトン等のケトン;酢酸エチル等のエステル(カルボン酸エステル);テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン等のエーテル;シクロヘキサン、n-ヘキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素;1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール等のアルコール等が挙げられる。 The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters such as ethyl acetate (carboxylic acid esters); ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; cyclohexane and n-hexane and the like. Aliphatic hydrocarbons; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol.
 前記溶媒としては、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の製造時に用いたものを粘着性樹脂(I-1a)から取り除かずに、そのまま粘着剤組成物(I-1)において用いてもよいし、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の製造時に用いたものと同一又は異なる種類の溶媒を、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の製造時に別途添加してもよい。 As the solvent, for example, the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be used as it is in the adhesive composition (I-1) without being removed from the adhesive resin (I-1a). In addition, the same or different type of solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be added separately during the production of the adhesive composition (I-1).
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
<粘着剤組成物(I-2)>
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の側鎖に不飽和基が導入されたエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)を含有する。
<Adhesive composition (I-2)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is an energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). (I-2a) is contained.
[粘着性樹脂(I-2a)]
 前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)は、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させることで得られる。
[Adhesive resin (I-2a)]
The adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
 前記不飽和基含有化合物は、前記エネルギー線重合性不飽和基以外に、さらに粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基と反応することで、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と結合可能な基を有する化合物である。
 前記エネルギー線重合性不飽和基としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基(エテニル基)、アリル基(2-プロペニル基)等が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
 粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基と結合可能な基としては、例えば、水酸基又はアミノ基と結合可能なイソシアネート基及びグリシジル基、並びにカルボキシ基又はエポキシ基と結合可能な水酸基及びアミノ基等が挙げられる。
The unsaturated group-containing compound can be bonded to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group. A compound having a group.
Examples of the energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (ethenyl group), allyl group (2-propenyl group) and the like, and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
Examples of the group capable of binding to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxyl group and an amino group that can be bonded to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
 前記不飽和基含有化合物としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート、(メタ)アクリロイルイソシアネート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyl isocyanate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-2a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量は、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、10~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
[架橋剤]
 粘着性樹脂(I-2a)として、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)におけるものと同様の、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、さらに架橋剤を含有していてもよい。
[Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer similar to that in the adhesive resin (I-1a) is used as the adhesive resin (I-2a), for example, an adhesive composition ( I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記架橋剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における架橋剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same crosslinking agents as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.3~15質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
[光重合開始剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。
[Photopolymerization initiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing the photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with the curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記光重合開始剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における光重合開始剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). 0.03 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 5 parts by mass is particularly preferable.
[その他の添加剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
<粘着剤組成物(I-3)>
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、上述の様に、前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。
<Adhesive composition (I-3)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量は、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、15~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
[エネルギー線硬化性化合物]
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー及びオリゴマーが挙げられ、粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有するエネルギー線硬化性化合物と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays. Examples thereof include the same energy ray curable compounds contained in the product (I-1).
The energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~300質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~200質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~100質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 0.01 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a). It is preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass.
[光重合開始剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。
[Photopolymerization initiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)における前記光重合開始剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における光重合開始剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)及び前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の総含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to about 100 parts by mass of the total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray curable compound. The amount is preferably 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
[その他の添加剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
 前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
<粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物>
 ここまでは、粘着剤組成物(I-1)、粘着剤組成物(I-2)及び粘着剤組成物(I-3)について主に説明したが、これらの含有成分として説明したものは、これら3種の粘着剤組成物以外の全般的な粘着剤組成物(本明細書においては、「粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物」と称する)でも、同様に用いることができる。
<Adhesive compositions other than adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)>
So far, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) have been mainly described. General pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than these three types of pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (referred to herein as “pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)”) But it can be used similarly.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物としては、エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物以外に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物も挙げられる。
 非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリカーボネート、エステル系樹脂等の、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-4)が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂を含有するものが好ましい。
Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions in addition to the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
Non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions include, for example, acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, ester resin, etc. An adhesive composition (I-4) containing an adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferable, and an adhesive composition containing an acrylic resin is preferred.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物は、1種又は2種以上の架橋剤を含有することが好ましく、その含有量は、上述の粘着剤組成物(I-1)等の場合と同様とすることができる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contains one or more kinds of crosslinking agents, and the content thereof is the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. It can be the same as in the case of (I-1).
<粘着剤組成物(I-4)>
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)で好ましいものとしては、例えば、前記粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と、架橋剤と、を含有するものが挙げられる。
<Adhesive composition (I-4)>
Preferred examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include those containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent.
[粘着性樹脂(I-1a)]
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)における粘着性樹脂(I-1a)としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
Examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same as the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量は、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、15~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
[架橋剤]
 粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。
[Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)における架橋剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における架橋剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same crosslinking agents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.3~15質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
[その他の添加剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
 前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately adjusted.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて、粘着剤層は非エネルギー線硬化性であることが好ましい。これは、粘着剤層がエネルギー線硬化性であると、エネルギー線の照射によって保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させるときに、粘着剤層も同時に硬化するのを抑制できないことがあるためである。粘着剤層が保護膜形成用フィルムと同時に硬化してしまうと、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム及び粘着剤層がこれらの界面において剥離不能な程度に貼り付いてしまうことがある。その場合、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム、すなわち保護膜を裏面に備えた半導体チップ(保護膜付き半導体チップ)を、硬化後の粘着剤層を備えた支持シートから剥離させることが困難となり、保護膜付き半導体チップを正常にピックアップできなくなってしまう。本発明における支持シートで、粘着剤層を非エネルギー線硬化性のものとすることで、このような不具合を確実に回避でき、保護膜付き半導体チップをより容易にピックアップできる。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably non-energy ray curable. This is because when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is energy ray curable, it is sometimes impossible to suppress the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from being simultaneously cured when the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays. If the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is cured at the same time as the protective film-forming film, the cured protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may stick to the interface so as not to be peeled off. In that case, it becomes difficult to peel the film for forming a protective film after curing, that is, the semiconductor chip provided with the protective film on the back surface (semiconductor chip with protective film) from the support sheet provided with the adhesive layer after curing, The semiconductor chip with the protective film cannot be picked up normally. By making the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-energy ray curable with the support sheet in the present invention, such a problem can be reliably avoided and a semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up more easily.
 ここでは、粘着剤層が非エネルギー線硬化性である場合の効果について説明したが、支持シートの保護膜形成用フィルムと直接接触している層が粘着剤層以外の層であっても、この層が非エネルギー線硬化性であれば、同様の効果を奏する。 Here, the effect when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable has been described, but even if the layer in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet is a layer other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, If the layer is non-energy ray curable, the same effect is obtained.
<<粘着剤組成物の製造方法>>
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)や、粘着剤組成物(I-4)等の粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物は、前記粘着剤と、必要に応じて前記粘着剤以外の成分等の、粘着剤組成物を構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
 各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
 溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
 配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
 各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。
<< Method for producing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition >>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) It is obtained by blending each component for constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive and components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive, if necessary.
The order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
◇保護膜形成用複合シートの製造方法
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、上述の各層を対応する位置関係となるように順次積層することで製造できる。各層の形成方法は、先に説明したとおりである。
 例えば、支持シートを製造するときに、基材上に粘着剤層を積層する場合には、基材上に上述の粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させればよい。
◇ Method for Producing Protective Film-Forming Composite Sheet The protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention can be produced by sequentially laminating the above-mentioned layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship. The method for forming each layer is as described above.
For example, when a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a substrate when producing a support sheet, the above-described pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied on the substrate and dried as necessary.
 一方、例えば、基材上に積層済みの粘着剤層の上に、さらに保護膜形成用フィルムを積層する場合には、粘着剤層上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工して、保護膜形成用フィルムを直接形成することが可能である。保護膜形成用フィルム以外の層も、この層を形成するための組成物を用いて、同様の方法で、粘着剤層の上にこの層を積層できる。このように、いずれかの組成物を用いて、連続する2層の積層構造を形成する場合には、前記組成物から形成された層の上に、さらに組成物を塗工して新たに層を形成することが可能である。ただし、これら2層のうちの後から積層する層は、別の剥離フィルム上に前記組成物を用いてあらかじめ形成しておき、この形成済みの層の前記剥離フィルムと接触している側とは反対側の露出面を、既に形成済みの残りの層の露出面と貼り合わせることで、連続する2層の積層構造を形成することが好ましい。このとき、前記組成物は、剥離フィルムの剥離処理面に塗工することが好ましい。剥離フィルムは、積層構造の形成後、必要に応じて取り除けばよい。 On the other hand, for example, when a protective film-forming film is further laminated on the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, the protective film-forming composition is applied on the adhesive layer, It is possible to form the forming film directly. Layers other than the protective film-forming film can also be laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the same manner using the composition for forming this layer. As described above, when a continuous two-layer laminated structure is formed using any of the compositions, the composition is further applied onto the layer formed from the composition to newly form a layer. Can be formed. However, the layer laminated after these two layers is formed in advance using the composition on another release film, and the side of the formed layer that is in contact with the release film is It is preferable to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure by bonding the opposite exposed surface to the exposed surfaces of the remaining layers already formed. At this time, the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. The release film may be removed as necessary after forming the laminated structure.
 例えば、基材上に粘着剤層が積層され、前記粘着剤層上に保護膜形成用フィルムが積層されてなる保護膜形成用複合シート(支持シートが基材及び粘着剤層の積層物である保護膜形成用複合シート)を製造する場合には、基材上に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、基材上に粘着剤層を積層しておき、別途、剥離フィルム上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に保護膜形成用フィルムを形成しておく。そして、この保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面を、基材上に積層済みの粘着剤層の露出面と貼り合わせて、保護膜形成用フィルムを粘着剤層上に積層することで、保護膜形成用複合シートが得られる。 For example, a protective film-forming composite sheet in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a base material and a protective film-forming film is laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (the support sheet is a laminate of the base material and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) In the case of producing a protective sheet-forming composite sheet), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is coated on a base material and dried as necessary, whereby a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the base material, The protective film-forming composition is coated on the release film, and dried as necessary to form the protective film-forming film on the release film. Then, the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film is bonded to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, and the protective film-forming film is laminated on the adhesive layer, thereby forming a protective film. A composite sheet is obtained.
 なお、基材上に粘着剤層を積層する場合には、上述の様に、基材上に粘着剤組成物を塗工する方法に代えて、剥離フィルム上に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に粘着剤層を形成しておき、この層の露出面を、基材の一方の表面と貼り合わせることで、粘着剤層を基材上に積層してもよい。
 いずれの方法においても、剥離フィルムは目的とする積層構造を形成後の任意のタイミングで取り除けばよい。
In addition, when laminating the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the substrate, as described above, instead of the method of coating the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition on the substrate, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is applied on the release film. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed on the release film by drying as necessary, and the exposed surface of this layer is bonded to one surface of the base material so that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is placed on the base material. You may laminate.
In any method, the release film may be removed at an arbitrary timing after the target laminated structure is formed.
 このように、保護膜形成用複合シートを構成する基材以外の層はいずれも、剥離フィルム上にあらかじめ形成しておき、目的とする層の表面に貼り合わせる方法で積層できるため、必要に応じてこのような工程を採用する層を適宜選択して、保護膜形成用複合シートを製造すればよい。 In this way, all layers other than the base material constituting the protective film-forming composite sheet can be formed in advance on the release film and laminated on the surface of the target layer. A layer that employs such a process may be appropriately selected to produce a protective sheet-forming composite sheet.
 なお、保護膜形成用複合シートは、通常、その支持シートとは反対側の最表層(例えば、保護膜形成用フィルム)の表面に剥離フィルムが貼り合わされた状態で保管される。したがって、この剥離フィルム(好ましくはその剥離処理面)上に、保護膜形成用組成物等の、最表層を構成する層を形成するための組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に最表層を構成する層を形成しておき、この層の剥離フィルムと接触している側とは反対側の露出面上に残りの各層を上述のいずれかの方法で積層し、剥離フィルムを取り除かずに貼り合わせた状態のままとすることでも、保護膜形成用複合シートが得られる。 In addition, the composite sheet for forming a protective film is usually stored in a state in which a release film is bonded to the surface of the outermost layer (for example, a film for forming a protective film) opposite to the support sheet. Therefore, a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer, such as a protective film-forming composition, is applied on this release film (preferably its release-treated surface) and dried as necessary. Then, a layer constituting the outermost layer is formed on the release film, and the remaining layers are laminated on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the release film by any of the methods described above. And the composite sheet for protective film formation is obtained also by leaving it in the state bonded together, without removing a peeling film.
◇半導体チップの製造方法
 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートは、半導体チップの製造に用いることができる。
 このときの半導体チップの製造方法としては、例えば、前記保護膜形成用フィルム、又は前記保護膜形成用複合シート中の保護膜形成用フィルムを、半導体ウエハに貼付する工程(以下、「貼付工程」と略記することがある)と、前記半導体ウエハに貼付した前記保護膜形成用フィルムにエネルギー線を照射して、前記半導体ウエハに保護膜を形成する工程(以下、「保護膜形成工程」と略記することがある)と、前記半導体ウエハの内部に設定された焦点に集束するように、前記保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムを介して、赤外域のレーザー光を照射して、前記半導体ウエハの内部に改質層を形成する工程(以下、「改質層形成工程」と略記することがある)と、前記改質層を形成した前記半導体ウエハに力を加えることにより、前記改質層の部位において前記半導体ウエハを分割し、複数個の半導体チップを得る工程(以下、「分割工程」と略記することがある)と、を有するものが挙げられる。
◇ Method for Manufacturing Semiconductor Chip The protective film-forming film and the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention can be used for manufacturing semiconductor chips.
As a manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip at this time, for example, a process of attaching the protective film forming film or the protective film forming film in the protective film forming composite sheet to a semiconductor wafer (hereinafter referred to as “applying process”) And a process of forming a protective film on the semiconductor wafer by irradiating the film for forming the protective film affixed to the semiconductor wafer with energy rays (hereinafter abbreviated as “protective film forming process”). And irradiating laser light in the infrared region through the protective film or film for forming a protective film so as to be focused on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer. A step of forming a modified layer therein (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “modified layer forming step”), and applying the force to the semiconductor wafer on which the modified layer has been formed; Wherein at the site of dividing the semiconductor wafer to obtain a plurality of semiconductor chips (hereinafter, sometimes abbreviated as "split step"), those having a.
 以下、図面を参照しながら、上述の製造方法について説明する。図7A~図7Eは、保護膜形成用フィルムを単独で用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を模式的に説明するための断面図である。また、図8A~図8Dは、保護膜形成用フィルムを予め支持シートと一体化させて用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を模式的に説明するための断面図である。 Hereinafter, the above manufacturing method will be described with reference to the drawings. 7A to 7E are cross-sectional views for schematically explaining one embodiment of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip when a protective film-forming film is used alone. 8A to 8D are cross-sectional views for schematically explaining one embodiment of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip when a protective film-forming film is used in advance integrated with a support sheet.
<<保護膜形成用フィルムを単独で用いる場合の半導体チップの製造方法>>
 まず、保護膜形成用フィルムを単独で用いる場合の製造方法について、保護膜形成用フィルムが図1に示すものである場合を例に挙げて、説明する。
 前記貼付工程においては、図7Aに示すように、半導体ウエハ9の裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)9bに保護膜形成用フィルム13を貼付する。ここでは、保護膜形成用フィルム13から第1剥離フィルム151を取り除き、保護膜形成用フィルム13の一方の表面13aを半導体ウエハ9の裏面9bに貼り合わせた場合を示している。
<< Method of Manufacturing Semiconductor Chip When Using Protective Film Forming Film >>
First, the manufacturing method in the case of using the protective film-forming film alone will be described by taking as an example the case where the protective film-forming film is as shown in FIG.
In the attaching step, as shown in FIG. 7A, a protective film forming film 13 is attached to the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) 9b of the semiconductor wafer 9. Here, the case where the 1st peeling film 151 was removed from the film 13 for protective film formation, and the one surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation was bonded together to the back surface 9b of the semiconductor wafer 9 is shown.
 貼付工程後は、前記保護膜形成工程において、半導体ウエハ9に貼付した保護膜形成用フィルム13にエネルギー線を照射して、図7Bに示すように、半導体ウエハ9に保護膜13’を形成する。エネルギー線の照射は、保護膜形成用フィルム13から第2剥離フィルム152を取り除いてから行ってもよい。 After the attaching step, the protective film forming film 13 attached to the semiconductor wafer 9 is irradiated with energy rays in the protective film forming step to form a protective film 13 ′ on the semiconductor wafer 9 as shown in FIG. 7B. . The irradiation with energy rays may be performed after the second release film 152 is removed from the protective film-forming film 13.
 また、貼付工程後は、前記改質層形成工程において、半導体ウエハ9の内部に設定された焦点に集束するように、保護膜13’を介して、赤外域のレーザー光を照射して、図7Cに示すように、半導体ウエハ9の内部に改質層91を形成する。赤外域のレーザー光の照射は、保護膜13’から第2剥離フィルム152を取り除いてから行う。 Further, after the pasting step, in the modified layer forming step, the laser beam in the infrared region is irradiated through the protective film 13 ′ so as to be focused on the focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 9. As shown in FIG. 7C, the modified layer 91 is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9. Irradiation with infrared laser light is performed after the second release film 152 is removed from the protective film 13 '.
 改質層形成工程においては、保護膜13’の透過率(1342nm)が高いため、半導体ウエハ9の内部に改質層91を安定して十分に形成できる。 In the modified layer forming step, the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film 13 ′ is high, so that the modified layer 91 can be stably and sufficiently formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9.
 ここでは、保護膜形成工程後に改質層形成工程を行う場合について説明したが、改質層形成工程後に保護膜形成工程を行ってもよい(図示略)。この場合、半導体ウエハ9の内部に改質層91を形成するときには、保護膜形成用フィルム13から第2剥離フィルム152を取り除き、保護膜形成用フィルム13を介して、赤外域のレーザー光を照射する。そして、この場合にも、保護膜形成用フィルム13の透過率(1342nm)が高いため、半導体ウエハ9の内部に改質層91を安定して十分に形成できる。 Here, although the case where the modified layer forming step is performed after the protective film forming step has been described, the protective film forming step may be performed after the modified layer forming step (not shown). In this case, when the modified layer 91 is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9, the second release film 152 is removed from the protective film forming film 13, and infrared laser light is irradiated through the protective film forming film 13. To do. In this case as well, since the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film forming film 13 is high, the modified layer 91 can be stably and sufficiently formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9.
 改質層形成工程後は、前記分割工程に先立って、図7Dに示すように、保護膜13’の半導体ウエハ9が貼付されている側の(一方の)表面13a’とは反対側の(他方の)表面13b’に、支持シート10を貼付する。支持シート10は、図3等で示したものであり、その粘着剤層12によって、保護膜13’に貼付されている。 After the modified layer forming step, prior to the dividing step, as shown in FIG. 7D, the protective film 13 ′ on the side opposite to the (one) surface 13a ′ on which the semiconductor wafer 9 is stuck ( The support sheet 10 is affixed to the other surface 13b ′. The support sheet 10 is shown in FIG. 3 and the like, and is attached to the protective film 13 ′ by the adhesive layer 12.
 次いで、前記分割工程において、改質層91を形成した半導体ウエハ9に力を加えることにより、図7Eに示すように、改質層91の部位において半導体ウエハ9を分割し、複数個の半導体チップ9’を得る。このとき同時に、保護膜13’も半導体チップ9’の周縁部に沿った位置で分割(切断)される。この切断後の保護膜13’を符号130’で示している。
 分割工程では、図7D中の矢印Iで示す方向に、半導体ウエハ9及び保護膜13’をエキスパンド(拡張)することにより、この方向に力(引張力)が加えられた半導体ウエハ9及び保護膜13’が分割される。
Next, in the dividing step, a force is applied to the semiconductor wafer 9 on which the modified layer 91 is formed, so that the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided at a site of the modified layer 91 as shown in FIG. Get 9 '. At the same time, the protective film 13 ′ is also divided (cut) at a position along the peripheral edge of the semiconductor chip 9 ′. The protective film 13 ′ after the cutting is denoted by reference numeral 130 ′.
In the dividing step, the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film to which a force (tensile force) is applied in this direction by expanding the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film 13 ′ in the direction indicated by the arrow I in FIG. 7D. 13 'is divided.
 この製造方法では、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜としてから、この保護膜を分割するため、保護膜形成用フィルムの分割面が空気中(酸素)に晒されることがなく、保護膜形成用フィルムの分割面の硬化不良に伴う不具合の発生を回避できる。 In this manufacturing method, the protective film-forming film is cured to form a protective film, and the protective film is divided. Therefore, the divided surface of the protective film-forming film is not exposed to the air (oxygen), and the protective film Occurrence of problems associated with poor curing of the dividing surface of the forming film can be avoided.
<<保護膜形成用フィルムを予め支持シートと一体化させて用いる場合の半導体チップの製造方法>>
 次に、保護膜形成用フィルムを予め支持シートと一体化させて用いる場合の製造方法について、保護膜形成用複合シートが図2に示すものである場合を例に挙げて、説明する。
 前記貼付工程においては、図8Aに示すように、半導体ウエハ9の裏面9bに、保護膜形成用複合シート1A中の保護膜形成用フィルム13を貼付する。保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、剥離フィルム15を取り除いて用いる。
<< Semiconductor chip manufacturing method in the case where the protective film-forming film is integrated with a support sheet in advance >>
Next, a manufacturing method in the case where the protective film-forming film is used by being integrated with a support sheet in advance will be described by taking the case where the protective film-forming composite sheet is as shown in FIG.
8A, the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite sheet 1A is attached to the back surface 9b of the semiconductor wafer 9. The protective film-forming composite sheet 1A is used with the release film 15 removed.
 貼付工程後は、前記保護膜形成工程において、半導体ウエハ9に貼付した保護膜形成用フィルム13にエネルギー線を照射して、図8Bに示すように、半導体ウエハ9に保護膜13’を形成する。 After the attaching step, in the protective film forming step, the protective film forming film 13 attached to the semiconductor wafer 9 is irradiated with energy rays to form a protective film 13 ′ on the semiconductor wafer 9 as shown in FIG. 8B. .
 また、貼付工程後は、前記改質層形成工程において、半導体ウエハ9の内部に設定された焦点に集束するように、保護膜13’(保護膜形成用複合シート1A)を介して、赤外域のレーザー光を照射して、図8Cに示すように、半導体ウエハ9の内部に改質層91を形成する。 In addition, after the pasting step, in the modified layer forming step, the infrared region is passed through the protective film 13 ′ (the protective film forming composite sheet 1A) so as to be focused on the focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 9. The modified layer 91 is formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9, as shown in FIG. 8C.
 改質層形成工程においては、保護膜13’と支持シート10の透過率(1342nm)が高いため、半導体ウエハ9の内部に改質層91を安定して十分に形成できる。 In the modified layer forming step, the transmittance (1342 nm) between the protective film 13 ′ and the support sheet 10 is high, so that the modified layer 91 can be stably and sufficiently formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9.
 ここでは、保護膜形成工程後に改質層形成工程を行う場合について説明したが、改質層形成工程後に保護膜形成工程を行ってもよい(図示略)。この場合、半導体ウエハ9の内部に改質層91を形成するときには、保護膜形成用フィルム13が未硬化である保護膜形成用複合シート1Aを介して、赤外域のレーザー光を照射する。そして、この場合にも、保護膜形成用フィルム13と支持シート10の透過率(1342nm)が高いため、半導体ウエハ9の内部に改質層91を安定して十分に形成できる。 Here, although the case where the modified layer forming step is performed after the protective film forming step has been described, the protective film forming step may be performed after the modified layer forming step (not shown). In this case, when the modified layer 91 is formed in the semiconductor wafer 9, the laser beam in the infrared region is irradiated through the protective film forming composite sheet 1A in which the protective film forming film 13 is uncured. Also in this case, since the transmittance (1342 nm) between the protective film-forming film 13 and the support sheet 10 is high, the modified layer 91 can be stably and sufficiently formed inside the semiconductor wafer 9.
 前記分割工程においては、改質層91を形成した半導体ウエハ9に力を加えることにより、図8Dに示すように、改質層91の部位において半導体ウエハ9を分割し、複数個の半導体チップ9’を得る。このとき同時に、保護膜13’も半導体チップ9’の周縁部に沿った位置で分割(切断)される。この切断後の保護膜13’を符号130’で示している。
 分割工程では、図8C中の矢印Iで示す方向に、半導体ウエハ9及び保護膜13’をエキスパンド(拡張)することにより、この方向に力(引張力)が加えられた半導体ウエハ9及び保護膜13’が分割される。
In the dividing step, a force is applied to the semiconductor wafer 9 on which the modified layer 91 is formed, so that the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided at the site of the modified layer 91 as shown in FIG. 'Get. At the same time, the protective film 13 ′ is also divided (cut) at a position along the peripheral edge of the semiconductor chip 9 ′. The protective film 13 ′ after the cutting is denoted by reference numeral 130 ′.
In the dividing step, the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film to which a force (tensile force) is applied in this direction by expanding the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film 13 ′ in the direction indicated by the arrow I in FIG. 8C. 13 'is divided.
 この製造方法でも、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜としてから、この保護膜を分割するため、保護膜形成用フィルムの分割面が空気中(酸素)に晒されることがなく、保護膜形成用フィルムの分割面の硬化不良に伴う不具合の発生を回避できる。 Even in this manufacturing method, the protective film-forming film is cured to form a protective film, and this protective film is divided, so that the divided surface of the protective film-forming film is not exposed to the air (oxygen), Occurrence of problems associated with poor curing of the dividing surface of the forming film can be avoided.
◇半導体装置の製造方法
 上述の製造方法により、半導体チップ9’を得た後は、この半導体チップ9’を、分割後の保護膜130’が貼付された状態のまま(すなわち、保護膜付き半導体チップとして)、支持シート10から引き離してピックアップする(図示略)。
 以降は従来法と同様の方法で、得られた保護膜付き半導体チップの半導体チップ9’を基板の回路面にフリップチップ接続した後、半導体パッケージとする。そして、この半導体パッケージを用いて、目的とする半導体装置を作製すればよい(図示略)。
◇ Method for Manufacturing Semiconductor Device After obtaining the semiconductor chip 9 ′ by the above-described manufacturing method, the semiconductor chip 9 ′ is left in a state where the divided protective film 130 ′ is adhered (that is, a semiconductor with a protective film). As a chip), the pickup is pulled away from the support sheet 10 (not shown).
Thereafter, the semiconductor chip 9 ′ of the obtained semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate in the same manner as the conventional method, and then a semiconductor package is obtained. Then, a target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package (not shown).
 以下、具体的実施例により、本発明についてより詳細に説明する。ただし、本発明は、以下に示す実施例に、何ら限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to specific examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
 保護膜形成用組成物の製造に用いた成分を以下に示す。
・エネルギー線硬化性成分
 (a2)-1:トリシクロデカンジメチロールジアクリレート(日本化薬社製「KAYARAD R-684」、2官能紫外線硬化性化合物、分子量304)
・エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体
 (b)-1:アクリル酸ブチル(以下、「BA」と略記する)(10質量部)、アクリル酸メチル(以下、「MA」と略記する)(70質量部)、メタクリル酸グリシジル(以下、「GMA」と略記する)(5質量部)及びアクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシエチル(以下、「HEA」と略記する)(15質量部)を共重合してなるアクリル系重合体(重量平均分子量300000、ガラス転移温度-1℃)。
・光重合開始剤
 (c)-1:2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-2-ベンジル-1-ブタノン(BASF社製「Irgacure(登録商標)369」)
 (c)-2:エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(BASF社製「Irgacure(登録商標)OXE02」)
・充填材
 (d)-1:シリカフィラー(溶融石英フィラー、平均粒子径8μm)
・カップリング剤
 (e)-1:3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製「KBM-503」、シランカップリング剤)
・着色剤
 (g)-1:フタロシアニン系青色色素(Pigment Blue 15:3)32質量部と、イソインドリノン系黄色色素(Pigment Yellow 139)18質量部と、アントラキノン系赤色色素(Pigment Red 177)50質量部とを混合し、前記3種の色素の合計量/スチレンアクリル樹脂量=1/3(質量比)となるように顔料化して得られた顔料。
 (g)-2:カーボンブラック(三菱化学社製「#MA650」、平均粒子径28nm)
The components used for the production of the protective film-forming composition are shown below.
Energy ray curable component (a2) -1: Tricyclodecane dimethylol diacrylate (“KAYARAD R-684”, bifunctional ultraviolet curable compound, molecular weight 304, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
Polymer having no energy ray-curable group (b) -1: butyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “BA”) (10 parts by mass), methyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “MA”) ( 70 parts by mass), glycidyl methacrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “GMA”) (5 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “HEA”) (15 parts by mass) Acrylic polymer (weight average molecular weight 300000, glass transition temperature -1 ° C).
Photopolymerization initiator (c) -1: 2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone (“Irgacure (registered trademark) 369” manufactured by BASF)
(C) -2: Ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) (Irgacure (registered by BASF)) Trademark) OXE02 ")
Filler (d) -1: Silica filler (fused quartz filler, average particle size 8 μm)
Coupling agent (e) -1: 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (“KBM-503” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silane coupling agent)
Colorant (g) -1: 32 parts by mass of phthalocyanine blue pigment (Pigment Blue 15: 3), 18 parts by mass of isoindolinone yellow pigment (Pigment Yellow 139), and anthraquinone red pigment (Pigment Red 177) A pigment obtained by mixing 50 parts by mass and pigmenting the mixture so that the total amount of the three kinds of dyes / the amount of styrene acrylic resin = 1/3 (mass ratio).
(G) -2: Carbon black (“# MA650” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, average particle size 28 nm)
[実施例1]
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造>
(保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の製造)
 エネルギー線硬化性成分(a2)-1、重合体(b)-1、光重合開始剤(c)-1、光重合開始剤(c)-2、充填材(d)-1、カップリング剤(e)-1及び着色剤(g)-1を、これらの含有量(固形分量、質量部)が表1に示す値となるようにメチルエチルケトンに溶解又は分散させて、23℃で撹拌することで、固形分濃度が50質量%である保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)を調製した。なお、表1中の含有成分の欄の「-」との記載は、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)がその成分を含有していないことを意味する。
[Example 1]
<Manufacture of composite sheet for forming protective film>
(Production of protective film-forming composition (IV-1))
Energy ray curable component (a2) -1, polymer (b) -1, photopolymerization initiator (c) -1, photopolymerization initiator (c) -2, filler (d) -1, coupling agent (E) -1 and the colorant (g) -1 are dissolved or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone so that the content (solid content, parts by mass) thereof is the value shown in Table 1, and stirred at 23 ° C. Thus, a protective film-forming composition (IV-1) having a solid content concentration of 50% by mass was prepared. In addition, the description of “-” in the column of the contained component in Table 1 means that the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) does not contain the component.
(粘着剤組成物(I-4)の製造)
 アクリル系重合体(100質量部、固形分)、及び3官能キシリレンジイソシアネート系架橋剤(三井武田ケミカル社製「タケネートD110N」)(10.7質量部、固形分)を含有し、さらに溶媒としてメチルエチルケトンを含有する、固形分濃度が30質量%の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物(I-4)を調製した。前記アクリル系重合体は、アクリル酸-2-エチルヘキシル(以下、「2EHA」と略記する)(36質量部)、BA(59質量部)、及びHEA(5質量部)を共重合してなる、重量平均分子量が600000のものである。
(Production of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4))
Contains an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, solid content) and a trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent (“Takenate D110N” manufactured by Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (10.7 parts by mass, solid content), and further as a solvent A non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) containing methyl ethyl ketone and having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared. The acrylic polymer is obtained by copolymerizing 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “2EHA”) (36 parts by mass), BA (59 parts by mass), and HEA (5 parts by mass). The weight average molecular weight is 600,000.
(支持シートの製造)
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された剥離フィルム(リンテック社製「SP-PET381031」、厚さ38μm)の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られた粘着剤組成物(I-4)を塗工し、120℃で2分加熱乾燥させることにより、厚さ10μmの非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤層を形成した。
 次いで、この粘着剤層の露出面に、基材としてポリ塩化ビニル系フィルム(ヤング率280MPa、厚さ80μm)を貼り合せることにより、前記基材の一方の表面上に前記粘着剤層を備えた支持シート(10)-1を得た。
(Manufacture of support sheet)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm) obtained by releasing one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment. ) And dried by heating at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes to form a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 10 μm.
Subsequently, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was provided on one surface of the base material by bonding a polyvinyl chloride film (Young's modulus 280 MPa, thickness 80 μm) as a base material to the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. A support sheet (10) -1 was obtained.
(保護膜形成用複合シートの製造)
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された剥離フィルム(リンテック社製「SP-PET381031」、厚さ38μm)の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られた保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)をナイフコーターにより塗工し、100℃で2分乾燥させることにより、厚さ25μmのエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1を製造した。
(Manufacture of composite sheet for protective film formation)
The protective film-forming composition (IV) obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm) from which one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film was released by silicone treatment. -1) was applied with a knife coater and dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to produce an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film (13) -1 having a thickness of 25 μm.
 次いで、上記で得られた支持シート(10)-1の粘着剤層から剥離フィルムを取り除き、この粘着剤層の露出面に、上記で得られた保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1の露出面を貼り合わせて、基材、粘着剤層、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1及び剥離フィルムが、これらの厚さ方向においてこの順に積層されてなる保護膜形成用複合シートを作製した。得られた保護膜形成用複合シートの構成を表2に示す。 Next, the release film is removed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the support sheet (10) -1 obtained above, and the protective film-forming film (13) -1 obtained above is exposed on the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The surfaces were bonded together to prepare a composite sheet for forming a protective film, in which a base material, an adhesive layer, a protective film-forming film (13) -1 and a release film were laminated in this order in the thickness direction. Table 2 shows the structure of the obtained protective sheet-forming composite sheet.
<保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜の評価>
(保護膜形成用フィルムのレーザー光の透過率)
 分光光度計(SHIMADZU社製「UV-VIS-NIR SPECTROPHOTOMETER UV-3600」)を用いて、上記で得られた保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1について、透過率(1342nm)及び透過率(1250nm)を測定した。測定には、付属の大形試料室MPC-3100を用い、内蔵の積分球を使用せずに測定を行った。結果を表2に示す。なお、表2中、評価結果の欄の「-」との記載は、その項目が未評価であることを意味する。
<Evaluation of protective film-forming film and protective film>
(Laser transmittance of protective film-forming film)
Using a spectrophotometer (“UV-VIS-NIR SPECTROTOPOMETER UV-3600” manufactured by SHIMADZU), the transmittance (1342 nm) and the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film (13) -1 obtained above were used. ) Was measured. The measurement was performed using the attached large sample chamber MPC-3100 without using the built-in integrating sphere. The results are shown in Table 2. In Table 2, “−” in the evaluation result column means that the item has not been evaluated.
(半導体ウエハの分割性)
 8インチシリコンウエハ(厚さ300μm)の#2000研磨面に、上記で得られた保護膜形成用複合シートをその保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1によって貼付し、さらにこのシートをリングフレームに固定して、30分静置した。
 次いで、紫外線照射装置(リンテック社製「RAD2000m/8」)を用いて、照度195mW/cm、光量170mJ/cmの条件で、支持シート(10)-1側から保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1に紫外線を照射することで、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1を硬化させ、保護膜とした。
 次いで、この保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1が保護膜とされた保護膜形成用複合シートが貼付され、リングフレームに固定されたシリコンウエハに対して、保護膜形成用複合シートを介してレーザー光を照射できるように、これらシリコンウエハ及びリングフレームを、位置を調節しつつレーザーソー(ディスコ社製「DFL7361」)に設置した。
 次いで、 シリコンウエハの内部に設定された焦点に集束するように、保護膜形成用複合シートを介して、波長が1342nmであるレーザー光を照射して、シリコンウエハの内部に改質層を形成した。
 次いで、シリコンウエハと、保護膜形成用複合シートと、リングフレームとを、ダイセパレーター(ディスコ社製「DDS2300」)に設置して、シリコンウエハと保護膜形成用複合シートを、これらの表面方向(表面に沿った方向)にエキスパンドすることにより、シリコンウエハを保護膜ごと分割して、大きさが3mm×3mmのシリコンチップを得た。
 次いで、シリコンウエハの分割状態を目視観察し、目的とする箇所でシリコンウエハが保護膜ごとすべて分割されている場合の分割性を「A」と判定し、目的とする箇所の少なくとも一部でシリコンウエハが分割されていない場合の分割性を「B」と判定した。結果を表2に示す。
(Dividability of semiconductor wafer)
The protective film-forming composite sheet obtained above is attached to the # 2000 polished surface of an 8-inch silicon wafer (thickness 300 μm) with the protective film-forming film (13) -1 and this sheet is further attached to the ring frame. Fixed and allowed to stand for 30 minutes.
Next, a protective film-forming film (13) is formed from the support sheet (10) -1 side under the conditions of an illuminance of 195 mW / cm 2 and a light amount of 170 mJ / cm 2 using an ultraviolet irradiation device (“RAD2000m / 8” manufactured by Lintec Corporation). ) -1 was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to cure the protective film-forming film (13) -1 to obtain a protective film.
Next, a protective film-forming composite sheet having the protective film-forming film (13) -1 as a protective film is affixed, and the silicon wafer fixed to the ring frame is interposed through the protective film-forming composite sheet. The silicon wafer and the ring frame were placed on a laser saw (“DFL 7361” manufactured by Disco Corporation) while adjusting the position so that the laser beam could be irradiated.
Next, a modified layer was formed inside the silicon wafer by irradiating a laser beam having a wavelength of 1342 nm through the protective film-forming composite sheet so as to focus on the focal point set inside the silicon wafer. .
Next, the silicon wafer, the protective film forming composite sheet, and the ring frame are placed on a die separator (Disco 2300 “DDS2300”). By expanding in the direction along the surface, the silicon wafer was divided together with the protective film to obtain a silicon chip having a size of 3 mm × 3 mm.
Next, the divided state of the silicon wafer is visually observed, and when the silicon wafer is completely divided together with the protective film at the target location, the division property is determined as “A”, and at least a part of the target location is silicon. When the wafer was not divided, the division property was determined as “B”. The results are shown in Table 2.
(保護膜のレーザー光の透過率)
 上記で得られた保護膜について、上記の保護膜形成用フィルムの場合と同じ方法で、保護膜透過率(1342nm)及び保護膜透過率(1250nm)を測定した。結果を表2に示す。
(Laser transmittance of protective film)
About the protective film obtained above, the protective film transmittance | permeability (1342 nm) and the protective film transmittance | permeability (1250 nm) were measured by the same method as the case of said film for protective film formation. The results are shown in Table 2.
(半導体チップの赤外線検査性)
 上記で得られたシリコンチップについて、分割後の保護膜を介して、波長が1250nmであるレーザー光を照射して検査を行い、シリコンチップの異常の有無を確認可能である場合、赤外線検査性を「A」と判定し、シリコンチップの異常の有無を確認不能である場合、赤外線検査性を「B」と判定した。結果を表2に示す。
(Infrared inspection of semiconductor chips)
When the silicon chip obtained above is inspected by irradiating a laser beam having a wavelength of 1250 nm through the protective film after the division, and the presence or absence of abnormality of the silicon chip can be confirmed, the infrared inspection property is improved. When it was determined as “A” and the presence or absence of abnormality of the silicon chip could not be confirmed, the infrared inspection property was determined as “B”. The results are shown in Table 2.
(保護膜の硬化度)
 フーリエ変換赤外分光装置(Perkin Elmer社製「Spectrum One」)を用いて、上記で得られた分割後の保護膜の分割面について、エネルギー線硬化性成分に特有の波数1410cm-1のピークの有無を確認した。そして、ピークがない場合には保護膜が十分に硬化しているものとして、硬化度を「A」と判定し、ピークがある場合には保護膜が十分に硬化していないものとして、硬化度を「B」と判定した。結果を表2に示す。
(Hardening degree of protective film)
Using a Fourier transform infrared spectrometer (“Spectrum One” manufactured by Perkin Elmer), the splitting surface of the protective film after splitting obtained above has a peak with a wave number of 1410 cm −1 peculiar to the energy ray-curable component. The presence or absence was confirmed. And when there is no peak, it is determined that the protective film is sufficiently cured, and the curing degree is determined as “A”, and when there is a peak, the protective film is not sufficiently cured, Was determined to be “B”. The results are shown in Table 2.
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造、並びに保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜の評価>
[実施例2]
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の製造時における配合成分の量を表2に示すとおりとし、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1に代えて、厚さ25μmのエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-2を作製した点以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートを製造し、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
<Manufacture of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film, and Evaluation of Film for Forming Protective Film and Protective Film>
[Example 2]
Table 2 shows the amounts of compounding ingredients at the time of production of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1). Instead of the protective film-forming film (13) -1, the energy ray-curable composition having a thickness of 25 μm is used. A protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the protective film-forming film (13) -2 was produced. evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
[参考例1]
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造>
 実施例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用複合シートを製造した。
[Reference Example 1]
<Manufacture of composite sheet for forming protective film>
In the same manner as in Example 1, a composite sheet for forming a protective film was produced.
<保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜の評価>
(半導体ウエハの分割性)
 8インチシリコンウエハ(厚さ300μm)の#2000研磨面に、上記で得られた保護膜形成用複合シートをその保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1によって貼付し、さらにこのシートをリングフレームに固定して、30分静置した。
 次いで、ブレードダイサー(ディスコ社製「DFD651」)を用いて、シリコンウエハを保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1ごとダイシングして分割し、大きさが3mm×3mmのシリコンチップを得た。
 次いで、シリコンウエハの分割状態を目視観察し、目的とする箇所でシリコンウエハが保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1ごとすべて分割されている場合の分割性を「A」と判定し、目的とする箇所の少なくとも一部でシリコンウエハが分割されていない場合の分割性を「B」と判定した。結果を表2に示す。
<Evaluation of protective film-forming film and protective film>
(Dividability of semiconductor wafer)
The protective film-forming composite sheet obtained above is attached to the # 2000 polished surface of an 8-inch silicon wafer (thickness 300 μm) with the protective film-forming film (13) -1 and this sheet is further attached to the ring frame. Fixed and allowed to stand for 30 minutes.
Next, the silicon wafer was diced and divided together with the protective film-forming film (13) -1 using a blade dicer (“DFD651” manufactured by Disco Corporation) to obtain a silicon chip having a size of 3 mm × 3 mm.
Next, the division state of the silicon wafer was visually observed, and the division property in the case where the silicon wafer was all divided together with the protective film forming film (13) -1 at the target location was determined as “A”. The division property when the silicon wafer was not divided at at least a part of the portion to be processed was determined as “B”. The results are shown in Table 2.
(半導体チップの赤外線検査性)
 上記のようにシリコンチップを得た後、紫外線照射装置(リンテック社製「RAD2000m/8」)を用いて、照度195mW/cm、光量170mJ/cmの条件で、支持シート(10)-1側から分割後の保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1に紫外線を照射することで、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1を硬化させ、保護膜とした。
 次いで、得られたシリコンチップについて、実施例1と同じ方法で、赤外線検査性を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
(Infrared inspection of semiconductor chips)
After obtaining the silicon chip as described above, the support sheet (10) -1 was used under the conditions of illuminance of 195 mW / cm 2 and light amount of 170 mJ / cm 2 using an ultraviolet irradiation device (“RAD2000m / 8” manufactured by Lintec Corporation). The protective film forming film (13) -1 after being divided from the side was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to cure the protective film forming film (13) -1 to obtain a protective film.
Subsequently, the infrared inspection property of the obtained silicon chip was evaluated by the same method as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
(保護膜の硬化度)
 上記で得られた分割後の保護膜の分割面について、波数1410cm-1のピークの有無を確認し、実施例1と同じ方法で、保護膜の硬化度を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
(Hardening degree of protective film)
With respect to the divided surface of the protective film after the division obtained above, the presence or absence of a peak at a wave number of 1410 cm −1 was confirmed, and the degree of curing of the protective film was evaluated by the same method as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造、並びに保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜の評価>
[参考例2]
 保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1に代えて、厚さ25μmのエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-2を作製した点以外は、参考例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートを製造し、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
<Manufacture of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film, and Evaluation of Film for Forming Protective Film and Protective Film>
[Reference Example 2]
The protective film was prepared in the same manner as in Reference Example 1 except that instead of the protective film-forming film (13) -1, an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film (13) -2 having a thickness of 25 μm was produced. A film for forming and a composite sheet for forming a protective film were produced, and the film for forming a protective film and the protective film were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
[比較例1]
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の製造時における配合成分の量を表2に示すとおりとし、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1に代えて、厚さ25μmのエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム(93)-1を作製した点以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートを製造し、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
[Comparative Example 1]
Table 2 shows the amounts of compounding ingredients at the time of production of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1). Instead of the protective film-forming film (13) -1, the energy ray-curable composition having a thickness of 25 μm is used. A protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the protective film-forming film (93) -1 was produced. evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
[比較例2]
 保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1に代えて、厚さ25μmのエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム(93)-1を作製した点以外は、参考例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートを製造し、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
[Comparative Example 2]
Instead of the protective film-forming film (13) -1, an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film (93) -1 having a thickness of 25 μm was prepared in the same manner as in Reference Example 1, except that a protective film was formed. A film for forming and a composite sheet for forming a protective film were produced, and the film for forming a protective film and the protective film were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
[比較例3]
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の製造時における配合成分の量を表2に示すとおりとし、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1に代えて、厚さ25μmのエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム(93)-2を作製した点以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートを製造し、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
[Comparative Example 3]
Table 2 shows the amounts of compounding ingredients at the time of production of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1). Instead of the protective film-forming film (13) -1, the energy ray-curable composition having a thickness of 25 μm is used. A protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the protective film-forming film (93) -2 was produced. evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
 上記結果から明らかなように、実施例1~2では、保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1342nm)は60%であり、シリコンウエハに改質層を形成することで、シリコンウエハを良好に分割できた。また、保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1250nm)は50%であって、シリコンチップの赤外線検査性も良好であった。そして、保護膜の分割面において、波数1410cm-1のピークは認められず、保護膜は十分に硬化していた。 As is clear from the above results, in Examples 1 and 2, the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film-forming film is 60%, and the silicon wafer can be divided well by forming a modified layer on the silicon wafer. did it. Further, the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film was 50%, and the infrared inspection property of the silicon chip was also good. The peak of wave number 1410 cm −1 was not recognized on the divided surface of the protective film, and the protective film was sufficiently cured.
 これに対して、参考例1~2では、実施例1~2と同じ保護膜形成用組成物を用いているにも関わらず、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化前に、ブレードダイシングを行った結果、紫外線の照射時に保護膜形成用フィルムの分割面が酸素に晒されていた影響で、保護膜の分割面は十分に硬化していなかった。これら参考例で得られた保護膜付きシリコンチップは、ピックアップ、保護膜による保護効果、収納等で、不具合の発生を抑制できないと考えられた。 On the other hand, in Reference Examples 1 and 2, although the same protective film forming composition as in Examples 1 and 2 was used, blade dicing was performed before the protective film forming film was cured. The divided surface of the protective film was not sufficiently cured due to the effect that the divided surface of the protective film-forming film was exposed to oxygen during ultraviolet irradiation. It was considered that the silicon chip with protective film obtained in these reference examples could not suppress the occurrence of defects due to the pickup, the protective effect of the protective film, storage, and the like.
 比較例1では、保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1342nm)が低いことで、シリコンウエハに改質層を十分に形成できず、その結果、分割できないシリコンウエハが多数残存した。このように、本比較例ではシリコンウエハの分割性が大きく劣っていたので、シリコンチップの赤外線検査性については評価を行わなかったが、保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1250nm)が低いことから、シリコンチップの赤外線検査性も不良であると考えられた。 In Comparative Example 1, since the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film-forming film was low, the modified layer could not be sufficiently formed on the silicon wafer, and as a result, many silicon wafers that could not be divided remained. As described above, in this comparative example, the silicon wafer was not sufficiently divided, and thus the infrared testability of the silicon chip was not evaluated. However, the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film was low. It was thought that the infrared inspection property of the silicon chip was also poor.
 比較例2では、シリコンウエハの分割にブレードダイシングを採用したため、保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1342nm)が低いことの影響を受けなかったが、保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1250nm)が低いことで、シリコンチップの赤外線検査性が不良であった。また、参考例1の場合と同様に、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化前に、ブレードダイシングを行った結果、保護膜の分割面は十分に硬化していなかった。 In Comparative Example 2, since the blade dicing was employed for dividing the silicon wafer, it was not affected by the low transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film-forming film, but the protective film-forming film had a transmittance (1250 nm). By being low, the infrared testability of the silicon chip was poor. As in Reference Example 1, blade dicing was performed before the protective film-forming film was cured. As a result, the divided surface of the protective film was not sufficiently cured.
 比較例3では、比較例1よりも、さらに保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1342nm)が低いことで、シリコンウエハに改質層を十分に形成できず、その結果、分割できないシリコンウエハが、比較例1の場合よりもさらに多数残存した。本比較例でも比較例1と同様に、シリコンチップの赤外線検査性については評価を行わなかったが、保護膜形成用フィルムの透過率(1250nm)が著しく低いことから、シリコンチップの赤外線検査性も極めて不良であると考えられた。 In Comparative Example 3, since the transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film-forming film is lower than that of Comparative Example 1, the modified layer cannot be sufficiently formed on the silicon wafer. Many more remained than in the case of Comparative Example 1. In this comparative example, as in Comparative Example 1, the infrared testability of the silicon chip was not evaluated. However, the transmittance (1250 nm) of the protective film-forming film was remarkably low. It was considered very bad.
 本発明は、半導体装置の製造に利用可能である。 The present invention can be used for manufacturing semiconductor devices.
 1A,1B,1C,1D,1E・・・保護膜形成用複合シート、10・・・支持シート、10a・・・支持シートの表面、11・・・基材、11a・・・基材の表面、12・・・粘着剤層、12a・・・粘着剤層の表面、13,23・・・保護膜形成用フィルム、13a,23a・・・保護膜形成用フィルムの表面(一方の表面)、13b・・・保護膜形成用フィルムの表面(他方の表面)、13’・・・保護膜、130’・・・切断後の保護膜、15・・・剥離フィルム、151・・・第1剥離フィルム、152・・・第2剥離フィルム、16・・・治具用接着剤層、16a・・・治具用接着剤層の表面、9・・・半導体ウエハ、9b・・・半導体ウエハの裏面、91・・・半導体ウエハの改質層、9’・・・半導体チップ 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E ... Composite sheet for protective film formation, 10 ... Support sheet, 10a ... Surface of support sheet, 11 ... Base material, 11a ... Surface of base material , 12 ... adhesive layer, 12a ... surface of the adhesive layer, 13, 23 ... protective film forming film, 13a, 23a ... surface of the protective film forming film (one surface), 13b: surface of the protective film-forming film (the other surface), 13 '... protective film, 130' ... protective film after cutting, 15 ... release film, 151 ... first release Film, 152 ... second release film, 16 ... adhesive layer for jig, 16a ... surface of adhesive layer for jig, 9 ... semiconductor wafer, 9b ... back surface of semiconductor wafer 91 ... Modified layer of semiconductor wafer, 9 '... Semiconductor chip

Claims (3)

  1.  エネルギー線硬化性を有し、下記条件(1)及び(2)をともに満たす、保護膜形成用フィルム。
     (1)波長が1342nmであるレーザー光の透過率が45%以上である。
     (2)波長が1250nmであるレーザー光の透過率が35%以上である。
    A protective film-forming film having energy ray curability and satisfying the following conditions (1) and (2).
    (1) The transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of 1342 nm is 45% or more.
    (2) The transmittance of laser light having a wavelength of 1250 nm is 35% or more.
  2.  支持シートを備え、請求項1に記載の保護膜形成用フィルムを前記支持シート上に備えてなる、保護膜形成用複合シート。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a support sheet, the protective film-forming film according to claim 1 being provided on the support sheet.
  3.  請求項1に記載の保護膜形成用フィルム、又は請求項2に記載の保護膜形成用複合シート中の保護膜形成用フィルムを、半導体ウエハに貼付する工程と、
     前記半導体ウエハに貼付した前記保護膜形成用フィルムにエネルギー線を照射して、前記半導体ウエハに保護膜を形成する工程と、
     前記半導体ウエハの内部に設定された焦点に集束するように、前記保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムを介して、赤外域のレーザー光を照射して、前記半導体ウエハの内部に改質層を形成する工程と、
     前記改質層を形成した前記半導体ウエハに力を加えることにより、前記改質層の部位において前記半導体ウエハを分割し、複数個の半導体チップを得る工程と、を有する、半導体チップの製造方法。
    Applying the protective film-forming film according to claim 1 or the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet according to claim 2 to a semiconductor wafer;
    Irradiating the protective film-forming film attached to the semiconductor wafer with energy rays to form a protective film on the semiconductor wafer;
    Irradiate laser light in the infrared region through the protective film or film for forming a protective film so as to focus on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer, thereby forming a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer. And a process of
    A method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip, comprising: applying a force to the semiconductor wafer on which the modified layer is formed to divide the semiconductor wafer at a portion of the modified layer to obtain a plurality of semiconductor chips.
PCT/JP2017/016328 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 Film for forming protective coating, composite sheet for forming protective coating, and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip WO2017188229A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018514614A JP6854811B2 (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 Method for manufacturing protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, and semiconductor chip
CN201780014930.4A CN108713248B (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 Film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for producing semiconductor chip
KR1020187025082A KR102303923B1 (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 A film for forming a protective film, a composite sheet for forming a protective film, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016092016 2016-04-28
JP2016-092016 2016-04-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017188229A1 true WO2017188229A1 (en) 2017-11-02

Family

ID=60161557

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/016328 WO2017188229A1 (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 Film for forming protective coating, composite sheet for forming protective coating, and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6854811B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102303923B1 (en)
CN (1) CN108713248B (en)
TW (1) TWI719200B (en)
WO (1) WO2017188229A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019131856A1 (en) * 2017-12-28 2019-07-04 日東電工株式会社 Semiconductor back surface adhering film
JP2020102553A (en) * 2018-12-21 2020-07-02 日東電工株式会社 Semiconductor backside adhesion film
WO2020175423A1 (en) * 2019-02-26 2020-09-03 リンテック株式会社 Thermosetting resin film and sheet for forming first protective film
WO2020175421A1 (en) * 2019-02-26 2020-09-03 リンテック株式会社 Thermosetting resin film and first protective film formation sheet
WO2024122481A1 (en) * 2022-12-06 2024-06-13 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet, adhesive layer-equipped planar heating element, and planar heating member

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW202100686A (en) * 2019-03-15 2021-01-01 日商琳得科股份有限公司 Support-sheet-including film-form fired material, roll body, laminate, and method for manufacturing device

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015111631A1 (en) * 2014-01-22 2015-07-30 リンテック株式会社 Protective membrane forming film, protective membrane forming sheet, compound sheet for forming protective membrane, and product manufacturing method
WO2015146936A1 (en) * 2014-03-24 2015-10-01 リンテック株式会社 Protection membrane forming film, protection membrane forming utilization sheet, production method and inspection method for workpiece or processed product, workpiece determined as adequate product, and processed product determined as adequate product

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5144433B1 (en) 1970-02-02 1976-11-29
JP2010031183A (en) 2008-07-30 2010-02-12 Furukawa Electric Co Ltd:The Energy ray hardening type chip protecting film
US20110291300A1 (en) * 2009-02-12 2011-12-01 Takashi Hirano Dicing sheet-attached film for forming semiconductor protection film, method for producing semiconductor device using the same, and semiconductor device
JP6557912B2 (en) * 2013-08-01 2019-08-14 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for protective film formation
JP6334197B2 (en) * 2014-02-25 2018-05-30 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for forming protective film, chip with protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015111631A1 (en) * 2014-01-22 2015-07-30 リンテック株式会社 Protective membrane forming film, protective membrane forming sheet, compound sheet for forming protective membrane, and product manufacturing method
WO2015146936A1 (en) * 2014-03-24 2015-10-01 リンテック株式会社 Protection membrane forming film, protection membrane forming utilization sheet, production method and inspection method for workpiece or processed product, workpiece determined as adequate product, and processed product determined as adequate product

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019131856A1 (en) * 2017-12-28 2019-07-04 日東電工株式会社 Semiconductor back surface adhering film
JP2020102553A (en) * 2018-12-21 2020-07-02 日東電工株式会社 Semiconductor backside adhesion film
WO2020175423A1 (en) * 2019-02-26 2020-09-03 リンテック株式会社 Thermosetting resin film and sheet for forming first protective film
WO2020175421A1 (en) * 2019-02-26 2020-09-03 リンテック株式会社 Thermosetting resin film and first protective film formation sheet
WO2024122481A1 (en) * 2022-12-06 2024-06-13 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet, adhesive layer-equipped planar heating element, and planar heating member

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR102303923B1 (en) 2021-09-17
JP6854811B2 (en) 2021-04-07
CN108713248B (en) 2023-03-28
JPWO2017188229A1 (en) 2019-03-07
TWI719200B (en) 2021-02-21
CN108713248A (en) 2018-10-26
TW201802156A (en) 2018-01-16
KR20190003463A (en) 2019-01-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6854811B2 (en) Method for manufacturing protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, and semiconductor chip
WO2017188216A1 (en) Film for forming protective coat and composite sheet for forming protective coat
JP6902530B2 (en) A method for manufacturing a composite sheet for forming a protective film and a semiconductor chip with a protective film, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device.
JP7071916B2 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JP6956074B2 (en) Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JP6963024B2 (en) Method for manufacturing protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, and semiconductor chip
JP6979081B2 (en) A method for manufacturing a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite sheet, and a semiconductor chip.
JP6971977B2 (en) A film for forming a protective film, a composite sheet for forming a protective film, a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film, and a method for packing the semiconductor chip with a protective film.
JP7086986B2 (en) A method for manufacturing a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite sheet, and a semiconductor chip.
JP6837057B2 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JP6929835B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
JP6438173B2 (en) Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JP7039460B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
WO2017188202A1 (en) Film for forming protective film, and composite sheet for forming protective film
WO2017188201A1 (en) Film for forming protective film, and composite sheet for forming protective film
JP6938477B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
JP2024008899A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, kit, and use of protective film-forming film
JP2024008898A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, kit, and use of protective film-forming film
JP2024008460A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, first kit, second kit, use of protective film-forming film, and use of second kit

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018514614

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20187025082

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17789511

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17789511

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1